Annual Report 2014
Feedback
Sherryn Tedder
stedder@gemdiamonds.com
2 Eaton Gate
SW1W 9BJ
London
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 203 043 0280 Fax: +44 203 043 0281
The following icons indicate where additional information
is available online, in the Group’s Sustainability Report or
elsewhere in this report.
Indicates additional information
available on the Group’s website
www.gemdiamonds.com.
Refers the reader to further information
available in the Group’s 2014 Sustainable
Development Report.
Gem Diamonds is a
leading producer
of high-value diamonds.
The Group owns
the Letšeng mine
in Lesotho, and the
Ghaghoo mine in
Botswana.
Our strategy is based on three broad pillars:
value creation, growth
and sustainability
Annual Report 2014
AnnAnnAnnAnnn llualualual RReReReporporport 2t 2t 2t 2014014014014
Annual Report 2014
Sustainable Development
Report 2014
Caption for front cover: The Satellite pipe at Letšeng.
About Gem Diamonds
The Letšeng mine is renowned for its regular production of
large, top colour, exceptional white diamonds, making it the
highest average dollar per carat kimberlite diamond mine in
the world. Since Gem Diamonds acquired the mine in 2006,
Letšeng has produced four of the 20 largest white gem quality
diamonds ever recovered.
Gem Diamonds has an organic growth strategy based on
enhancing the operating efficiencies of the Letšeng mine and
bringing the Ghaghoo mine into full production. Achieving
operational excellence through cost reductions and enhancing
current production is an essential focus.
Additional value is created through the Group’s expanded sales,
marketing and manufacturing capabilities.
CONTENTS
Strategic report: Business overview
2
2 Gem Diamonds at a glance
4 Our business model
6 2014 in review
7 Our locations
8 Chairman’s statement
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B
Strategic report: Management review
10
www gemdiamonds com
www.gemdiamonds.com
di
d
Download this QR code
on your smart device to gain
quick access to our website.
The Strategic Report is set out on pages 2 to 46.
The Directors’ Report is set out on pages 86 to 89.
12 Key performance indicators
14 Our marketplace
18 Chief Executive Officer’s overview
20 Group financial performance
Strategic report: Operating review
26 Letšeng
30 Ghaghoo
33 Sales, marketing and manufacturing
35 Mineral resource management
40 Sustainable development review
44 Principal risks and uncertainties
Governance
50 Directorate
52 Chairman’s overview of corporate governance
53 UK Corporate Governance Code compliance
60 Audit, Nominations and HSSE Committees
67 Annual statement of Directors’ remuneration
68 Directors’ remuneration policy
76 The annual report on remuneration
86 Directors’ report
Financial statements
92 Directors’ responsibility statement
93 Independent auditor’s report
96 Annual financial statements
IBC Contact details and advisers
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
GEM DIAMONDS AT A GLANCE
We continue to focus on creating value by focusing on mining and selling our
diamonds effectively to maximise returns.
MINES
Letšeng Diamonds
Gem Diamonds Botswana
OWNERSHIP
70%
Gem Diamonds Limited
30%
Government of the Kingdom
of Lesotho
ACQUIRED July 2006
OWNERSHIP
100%
Gem Diamonds Limited
ACQUIRED May 2007
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
– Mining and processing diamond bearing ore sourced from the Main and
– Development of the Ghaghoo diamond mine in the central Kalahari
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
Satellite kimberlite pipes
Game Reserve in Botswana
TOTAL RESOURCE
5.0 million carats
(as at 1 January 2014)
IN-SITU VALUE
US$10.4 billion
(as at 1 January 2014)
TOTAL RESOURCE
20.5 million carats
(as at 1 January 2014)
IN-SITU VALUE
US$4.9 billion
(as at 1 January 2014)
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
– Optimisation of expansion projects while improving diamond liberation
and reducing diamond breakage
– Focus on cost reductions
– Implement life of mine extensions
– Optimise timing for underground mining
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE 2014
Carats recovered: 108 569
Average US$ per carat: US$2 540*
Tonnes treated: 6.4 million
Waste tonnes mined: 19.9 million
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE 2014
– Maintained a five-star rating in the annual external health, safety, social
and environment (HSSE) audit
– Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) 0.05
– All injury frequency rate (AIFR) 2.05
– Zero fatalities; one lost time injury (LTI)
– Zero major environmental incidents
– Corporate social investment (CSI) projects carried out on schedule
– 92% of workforce made up of Basotho nationals, 18% of whom are
from project affected communities
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
– Optimise the returns following the completion of Phase 1 capital project
– Optimise and assess opportunity to expand into Phase 2
DEVELOPMENT PERFORMANCE 2014
– Three kimberlite tunnels completed on Level 1
– Processing plant commissioning commenced
– Capital project complete
– Carats recovered: 10 167
– Tonnes treated: 48 023
SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE 2014
– Maintained its four-star rating in the annual external
HSSE audit
– LTIFR 0.91
– AIFR 7.07
– Four LTIs, including one fatality
– Zero major environmental incidents
– Established a community trust. Funds were allocated to support
various community projects during the year
– 93% of workforce made up of Batswana nationals, 19% of whom
are from project affected communities
FOCUS FOR 2015
– Continue transition processes and systems from project phase
FOCUS FOR 2015
– Complete implementation of Plant 2 Phase 1 upgrade
– Complete the construction and commissioning of the Coarse Recovery
Plant
– Complete mine planning studies and pit optimisation; review optimal
timing for commencement of underground mining
– Undertake further studies into the next phase of expansion programme
– Continuation of test work with new waste sorting techniques
– Continuation of the drive to reduce diamond damage
to operation phase
– Continue ramping up production to name plate capacity
– Optimise the processing plant
– Advance the decline to open up Level 2
– Increase number of carats for sale and frequency of tenders held
Letšeng diamond mine – Lesotho – page 26
Ghaghoo diamond mine – Botswana – page 30
2
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
SALES AND MARKETING
MANUFACTURING
Gem Diamonds Marketing Services
Baobab Technologies
2
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B
OWNERSHIP
100%
Gem Diamonds Limited
ESTABLISHED October 2010
OWNERSHIP
100%
Gem Diamonds Limited
ESTABLISHED April 2012
– Diamond sorting, valuation, sales and marketing company based in
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
– High-tech rough diamond analysis and manufacturing company based
Antwerp, Belgium
in Antwerp, Belgium
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
– Maximise the value achieved on rough and polished diamond sales
– Develop the Letšeng and Gem Diamonds brands in marketing channels
beyond the mine gate
– Identify and develop key strategic areas for targeted revenue growth
further down the diamond pipeline
– Increase customer base
– Develop and maintain strong relations with new and existing customers
– Achieved an average value of US$2 540* per carat for Letšeng’s rough
PERFORMANCE 2014
production
– Contributed additional revenue to the Group of US$5.8 million
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE 2014
– Every rough diamond produced was certified in terms of the Kimberley
Process certification scheme
– Zero HSSE incidents
FOCUS FOR 2015
– Continue to achieve highest prices for all rough and polished diamonds
– Optimise the sales and marketing channels for the Ghaghoo rough
production
– Optimise sales and marketing activities
– Identify diamond sales and marketing opportunities in other strategic
jurisdictions
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
– Advanced mapping and analysis of exceptional rough diamonds in
order to better understand the true value and drive higher prices
– Provide manufacturing capacity to meet the Group’s current
manufacturing opportunity and growth objectives
– Manufacture high-end polished diamonds, primarily sourced from
the Group’s mining operations
– Continue to source and develop state-of-the-art diamond analysis
technology and grow intellectual knowledge of both rough and
polished diamonds
– Develop and maintain strong relationships with new and existing customers
PERFORMANCE 2014
– Baobab Technologies received 1 232 carats of high-value diamonds
from Letšeng for manufacturing, with a rough market value of
US$17.2 million
– Included in the above were: a 124 carat, which was cut into
12 exceptional polished diamonds, with a total weight of 40.63 carats,
and a 95 carat diamond, which was cut into four exceptional polished
diamonds, with a total weight of 34.53 carats, all of which received
triple ‘excellent’ grading in cut, polish and symmetry by the Geological
Institute of America (GIA)
SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE 2014
– All diamonds were certified in terms of the Kimberley Process
certification scheme
– Developed and implemented an integrated safety, health,
environmental and quality management system
– Zero HSSE incidents
FOCUS FOR 2015
– Increase volumes of extracted rough diamonds to be polished
– Obtained best possible polished results for rough diamonds
manufactured
– Increase third party polishing business
Sales and Marketing – page 33
Manufacturing – page 33
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
3
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
Gem Diamonds’ strategy is based on three broad pillars, namely
growth, value creation and sustainability
We believe this offers us the flexibility to generate maximum returns for our
shareholders in a sustainable manner. Our business model is focused primarily on
extracting diamonds through mining. We have also expanded our focus further
along the diamond value chain through our strategic sales, marketing and
manufacturing activities. These activities give rise to a range of risks, which we
actively manage and mitigate.
We are committed to sustainable development, seeking to create and extract
maximum value for all stakeholders by exploring, mining and marketing our
product responsibly.
Our overarching objective is to deliver sustainable returns for our investors
while optimising the benefit for our communities and minimising our impact
on the environment.
4
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Growth
Organic growth
Optimisation of the Letšeng mine and
bringing the Ghaghoo mine into full
production using available capital to deliver
optimum returns to shareholders.
Value accretive opportunities
Generation of additional value through
expanded sales and marketing capabilities,
incorporating manufacturing and
downstream initiatives.
OUR STRATEGY
Value creation
Optimising returns
Improving the quality of our assets through
life of mine extensions, plant improvements
and mine plant optimisation.
Operating profitably and generating cash.
Strengthening the capital structure.
Optimising revenue achieved for our
diamond production through reductions
in breakage and theft.
Paying dividends.
Operational excellence
Focusing on cost reductions and enhancing
our current production efficiency.
Sustainability
Stakeholders and communities
Building long-term, transparent and
mutually beneficial relationships with all
stakeholder groups.
Health, safety and environment
Aiming to sustainably achieve zero harm to
our environment, people and communities.
Effective management of impacts upon
economic, social and ecological systems
to the benefit of future generations.
2
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B
BUSINESS
Mining
ACTIVITIES
Sales, marketing and
manufacturing
Mining economically viable
diamond deposits on our
mining leases
Analysing and mapping of our
exceptional diamonds to understand
and achieve the full rough value
Implementing expansion projects
and optimising open pit mine life and the
timing of underground mining at Letšeng
Sale of our rough diamonds through
multiple channels
Enhancing cost and operating
efficiencies across the mining cycle
Manufacturing of select high-value
rough diamonds to achieve additional
value
M
a
x
i
m
i
s
i
n
Ensuring safe operations and
minimising all impacts
Partnering strategically on the
manufacture and sale of our
exceptional, high-value
diamonds
M
a
r
k
e
t
E
n
h
a
n
c
i
n
g
c
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
a
t
i
s
f
a
c
t
i
o
n
g
h
h
s
e
r r
o
l
d
a
r
e
O
e
t
urn
s Increasing local economy contribution Enhancing employee d e v e l o p m e n t a
perational
OUTCOMES
RISKS
r
t
S
g
n
d e
n
m
e
g
e
t
a
a
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
s
n
o
i
t
u
l
o
s
g
n
i
n
e mi
ativ
v
o
n
g in
pin
g ic
n t M ini m ising environmental impact Develo
e
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
5
2014 IN REVIEW
Ghaghoo reported 10 167 carats
recovered during commissioning up to
the end of the year, including a 20 carat
white diamond, a
17 carat white diamond,
and a 3 carat orange diamond.
Letšeng final tender achieves
US$2 799 per carat.
December
Recovery of two +160 carat
diamonds from the Letšeng
mine. A 162.02 carat Type II
diamond and a 161.31 carat
Type I diamond.
At Letšeng’s February tender,
the 162.02 carat diamond
sold for US$11.1 million
(US$68 687 per carat)
and the 161.31 carat sold for
US$2.4 million
(US$14 636 per carat).
January
February
March
Gem Diamonds’ Board
announced its intention
to pay a maiden dividend
to shareholders based on
the 2014 financial results.
May
Kimberlite was intersected in
the first production tunnel on
level one at Ghaghoo
Updated Resource
and Reserve statement released
– approximately doubling
Letšeng’s in situ value
of the reserve to
US$4.6 billion, with a life of
mine of 21 years now fully
contained in the Probable
Reserve category.
August
Strong half-year results
announced,
with revenue up 54% to
US$148.9 million and
EBITDA up 87% to
US$62.2 million
compared to previous
half-year. The Group
maintained its strong
cash position with
US$113.9 million as at
30 June 2014.
July
Recovery of a 197.6 carat,
white Type IIa diamond
from the Letšeng mine.
This was an exceptional
white, high-quality
diamond, displaying no
fluorescence.
October
Ghaghoo entered an
important phase as it
transitioned from a
capital project to an
operating mine.
September
The 197.6 carat white diamond
recovered in July achieved
US$ 10.6 million.
Ghaghoo mine officially
opened on
5 September by the President
of Botswana, Seretse Khama Ian
Khama.
6
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
2
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B
OUR LOCATIONS
Gem Diamonds Marketing Service (Belgium)
Ownership: 100% Gem Diamonds Limited
Gem Diamonds Limited
Company headquarters in the
United Kingdom
Baobab Technologies (Belgium)
Ownership: 100% Gem Diamonds Limited
Gem Diamonds Botswana
Ghaghoo Diamond Mine (Botswana)
Ownership: 100% Gem Diamonds Limited
Gem Diamonds Technical Services (RSA)
Ownership: 100% Gem Diamonds Limited
Letšeng Diamonds
Letšeng Diamond Mine (Lesotho)
Ownership: 70% Gem Diamonds
Limited; 30% Government of
Lesotho
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
7
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
2014 was characterised by the delivery of a robust financial performance
and the recommendation of our first dividend. The focus on maximising the
revenue from our core assets through enhancing operating efficiencies and
investing in innovative technologies has delivered improved earnings and has
positioned Gem Diamonds for sustainable growth.
Our investment proposition
Diamond market
fundamentals
Strategic and
structural clarity
Dividend paying
policy
Letšeng: value
enhancing
opportunities
Dear shareholder,
It gives me great pleasure to present
Gem Diamonds’ 2014 Annual Report.
Strategic review
In 2011, Gem Diamonds mapped out a
clear strategy built on three pillars, namely
value creation, growth and sustainability.
This broad-based approach has allowed
the Group to adapt to short-term
opportunities and challenges while
moving towards its long-term goal of
sustainable shareholder returns. During
2014, the Group made great strides in
achieving its stated objectives:
Maintaining a robust financial
position and cash flows
The continued enhancement of the
Group’s cash position and balance
sheet strength allows it to react
proactively to market and operational
conditions in order to meet its medium-
and longer-term objectives.
Group revenue rose by 27% over the prior
year, with cash on hand at the end of the
year of US$110.7 million. The Group
achieved a total shareholder return of
23% in 2014.
Dividend
Based on the positive results achieved
since the implementation of the above
strategy, the Board is pleased to
recommend a maiden cash dividend of
5 US cents per share. The Board has
adopted a policy that will determine the
appropriate dividend each year based on
consideration of the Company’s cash
resources, the level of free cash flow and
earnings generated during the year, and
the expected funding commitments for
capital projects relating to our growth
8
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
strategy and will aim to pay a total
dividend at an approximately consistent
proportion of sustaining net earnings.
Dividends are expected to be declared by
the Board annually with the full-year results.
This policy demonstrates our commitment
to returning value to shareholders.
Improving the revenue line at
Letšeng through innovation
The Letšeng mine in Lesotho is
synonymous with exceptional diamonds.
It is, therefore, imperative that the Group
continually invests in innovative ways of
identifying, recovering and preserving
these high-value diamonds. During 2014,
the mine continued to reap the benefits of
the technological investments made in the
previous years. In addition, further focused
projects, including the installation of the
new Coarse Recovery Plant, which will
further improve diamond recovery, and
the Plant 2 Phase 1 upgrade, which will
increase throughput, reduce breakage
and improve diamond liberation, are set
to advance Gem Diamonds’ strategic
objective of increasing revenues at
Letšeng. These projects represent relatively
low capital investments in keeping with
the Group’s focus of maintaining capital
discipline in all of its operations.
While the political unrest that occurred in
Lesotho during 2014 posed a possible
challenge, the mine, situated four hours
from the capital, Maseru, remained
unaffected. The state of affairs in the
country has since stabilised, with elections
having taken place on 28 February 2015
under the watchful eye of the South
African Development Community (SADC)
representatives headed by South Africa’s
Deputy President, Cyril Ramaphosa.
Bringing the Ghaghoo mine into
production
Gem Diamonds’ technical skills have come
to the fore in the development of the
Ghaghoo mine in Botswana, delivering the
capital project on time and within budget.
It is also pleasing to report that the first
diamonds produced during
commissioning have been of a better
quality and average size than those
recovered during the exploration phase.
It has also been noteworthy that the
presence of rare coloured diamonds in
the resource has been confirmed.
The mine development showcases
Gem Diamonds’ commitment to best
practice in relation to its project affected
communities and the environment. The
communities affected by the Ghaghoo
mine have been involved and consulted
from the outset with the aim of achieving
broader stakeholder value. In addition,
numerous ecological and archaeological
surveys; visual and socio-economic impact
assessments; as well as an extensive public
participation process have been
conducted. Information gathered during
this process underpinned the Group’s
approach to minimising Ghaghoo’s
ecological footprint and maximising the
benefit for all stakeholders. A Ghaghoo
Community Trust has been established and
local community representatives sit in Trust
meetings. The Trust has made a number
of material interventions in community
projects, long before the first diamond was
sold and will continue to do so as the mine
enters the next phase of development.
Continued excellence in sales,
marketing and manufacturing
initiatives
Positioned at the very top end of the
diamond market, Gem Diamonds’ Letšeng
Roger Davis
2
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B
Ghaghoo: near term
asset valuation
upside
Robust corporate
governance
mine consistently produces some of the
world’s most remarkable diamonds,
making it the highest average dollar per
carat kimberlite diamond producer in the
world and achieved an average of
US$2 540* per carat in 2014. Letšeng’s
tenders attract the world’s top diamantaires
who continue to pay the highest prices for
these exceptional diamonds, allowing
Letšeng’s rough production to remain
relatively resilient to market fluctuations.
Of note, during the year Letšeng recovered
its highest number of diamonds greater
than 20 carats in a single year, since
acquisition in 2006. This included
seven +100 carat diamonds, five of
which together achieved a total of
US$37.4 million. The largest diamond
recovered during the year, a 299.3 carat
yellow diamond, was sold into a
partnership arrangement at the beginning
of 2015, which will see Letšeng further
benefiting from 50% of the resulting
polished uplift.
Committed to the highest health
and safety standards
Safeguarding the well-being of employees
is both a moral and business imperative.
Despite a strong overall safety performance
during the year, the loss of life of one of our
employees, Mr Segolame Mashumba, in
January 2014, is a tragedy that has
sharpened our focus on safeguarding the
health and safety of our employees. On
behalf of the Board and the Group, we
once again send our heartfelt condolences
to the family. I wish to reaffirm the Group’s
commitment to eliminating fatalities at
work and reducing incidences of injury in
line with our all-encompassing goal of
achieving zero harm.
Gem Diamonds is deeply aware of its
responsibility towards the areas in which it
operates, both in terms of environmental
stewardship and socio-economic
development. The Group recognises that
its long-term viability is closely linked to
the success and well-being of the
communities in which it operates and
strives to contribute positively to these
communities. A comprehensive sustainable
development programme is in place at
each operation, supported in terms of
strategic guidance by the HSSE Committee,
at Board level. (Refer to the full 2014
Sustainable Development Report on the
Gem Diamonds website.)
p
Corporate governance
The Group’s commitment to robust
corporate governance supports its ability
to create sustainable returns for all
stakeholders. During September 2014, the
UK Corporate Governance Code was
amended. The Board agrees with and
supports the Code, and the Gem
Diamonds’ governance framework was
amended accordingly. The Group is thus
well positioned to introduce the necessary
changes as required.
During the year, the Group’s Board of
Directors submitted themselves to a Board
evaluation process aimed at enhancing
Board governance. I am pleased to report
that no major issues were identified and
the feedback received will be incorporated
into the Group’s governance framework.
After eight years of service as Company
Secretary, André Confavreux retired at age
70 on 11 January 2015. The Board would
like to express its appreciation to André for
his significant contribution to the Group
over the years. Following André’s
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
retirement, Glenn Turner has added the
role of Company Secretary to his current
duties as Executive Director.
Outlook
The long-term outlook for the diamond
market remains strong. Despite a
weakening of prices in the fourth quarter
of 2014, partly due to concerns over bank
lending and liquidity, the Group expects
some firming in the market as banks in
Dubai and elsewhere take steps to fill the
funding gap that triggered these concerns.
The medium to long-term outlook for
diamond demand, therefore, is expected
to remain favourable, with diamond prices
beginning to trend upward in the second
half of 2015.
The strategic focus for the year ahead will
remain on creating value by focusing on
mining and selling diamonds efficiently
and responsibly. We remain confident in
our ability to continue delivering returns
to our shareholders through this focused
execution of strategy as is demonstrated
by the Group’s dividend policy.
The 2014 results are a testimony to the
calibre of people employed at Gem
Diamonds and I would like to thank my
fellow Board members for their wisdom
and contribution during the year. On
behalf of the Board, I would like to thank
our employees for their tireless efforts and
commitment to Gem Diamonds as well as
our shareholders for their support as we
continue to deliver on our strategy and
build long-term value.
Roger Davis
Non-Executive Chairman
16 March 2015
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
9
MANAGEMENT REVIEW
10
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
Based on the positive results achieved
since the implementation of our strategy,
Gem Diamonds is pleased to recommend a
maiden cash dividend of 5 US cents per share.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
11
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Key performance indicators are used to help evaluate the performance of the Group
against its strategy. These indicators are monitored continuously to effectively evaluate
the performance of the Group over the short, medium and long term.
Growth
Revenue (US$ million)
306
271
189
202
213
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Underlying EBITDA (US$ million)/
underlying EBITDA margin (%)
54%
7
6
1
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
38%
2
7
32%
36%
38%
5
6
7
7
4
0
1
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Return on average capital employed
(ROACE) (%)
26
19
10
12
9
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Basic earnings per share (EPS) (US cents)
50
40
30
20
10
0
48
15
12
15
24
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Free cash generated (US$ million)
77
61
19
21
)
1
5
(
80
60
40
20
0
(20)
(40)
(60)
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Description
Commentary
Revenue represents the value of goods sold during
the year (both rough and polished) and measures
the level of operating activity and growth of the
business. Revenue for the year is as reported in the
consolidated income statement.
Group revenue increased by 27%, driven by 12%
higher volume of rough carat sales from Letšeng and
24% higher diamond prices compared to the prior
year. Revenue does not include sales from Ghaghoo
as the mine had not reached full commercial
production during the year. The first sale of carats
recovered during commissioning concluded after
year end.
Underlying EBITDA means earnings before interest,
tax, depreciation and amortisation. It excludes share-
based payments, other income, foreign exchange
differences and exceptional items.
Underlying EBITDA margin is calculated as
underlying EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.
Both these indicators provide a measure of the
operating profitability of the business. Refer to
Note 3, Operating profit, in the financial statements
for the calculation of underlying EBITDA.
Underlying EBITDA has continued its upward trend and
has increased by 35% over the prior year. This reflects
the impact of the higher Group revenue, continued
cost management and operational efficiency focus
during the year. EBITDA does not include any results
from Ghaghoo due to the mine not having reached
full commercial production. The weakening of the
Lesotho loti (pegged to the South African rand) has
had a positive impact on the translation of the local
costs into US dollars.
ROACE is a pre-tax measure of the efficiency with
which the Group generates operating profits from
its capital. ROACE is calculated as underlying EBITDA
(as per Note 3, Operating profit, in the financial
statements) less depreciation and amortisation
divided by average capital employed (being total
equity and non-current liabilities per the
consolidated statement of financial position).
Pre-tax ROACE achieved 19%, driven by higher Group
revenue and underlying EBITDA which positively
impacted earnings. Prior years’ ROACE is as reported
at that point in time and includes all operations in
existence in those relevant years.
Basic EPS represents net profit attributable to equity
shareholders and is stated before exceptional items
and after taking into account non-controlling
interest. This is a measure of net profitability of the
Group taking into account changes in the equity
structure. EPS is calculated as reported in the
consolidated income statement and in accordance
with Note 6, Earnings per share, in the financial
statements.
Basic EPS at 24 US cents per share (up 57% from
the prior year) is indicative of the higher earnings
achieved as a consequence of the higher revenue and
EBITDA achieved. There was no change in the capital
structure of the Group.
Free cash generated represents net cash flows
before financing activities and investing activities
in expansion projects. This measures the
cash-generating capability of the Group to fund
future growth. Free cash generated is reflected in the
statement of cash flows and is determined by cash
flows from operating activities less sustaining capital
of US$18.3 million (pre-expansion capital) and less
waste cash costs of US$54.0 million.
The Group is focused on generating strong operating
cash flows. Stringent working capital management
together with higher EBITDA contributed to increased
levels of free cash generation during the year. The
strong free cash generated provides flexibility to
apply such cash into development and expansion
initiatives and to implement the Group strategy of
providing returns to shareholders through the ability
to fund future dividends. During the year, these funds,
together with debt facilities raised, were invested
mainly into completing the Phase 1 development and
commissioning of Ghaghoo and the Plant 2 Phase 1
expansion project at Letšeng.
The Group ended the year with US$110.7 million
cash and has drawn down US$37.1 million of its total
available facilities of US$78.7 million, resulting in a net
cash position of US$73.6 million at year end.
The key performance indicators exclude the impact of any discontinued or disposed operations in the prior years unless otherwise stated.
12
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Value creation
Capital expenditure (US$ million)
54
47
30
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
25
13
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Description
Commentary
Capital expenditure represents the amount invested
in the Group’s organic growth plans. Capital
expenditure is reflected in the statement of cash
flows as purchases of property, plant and equipment
and includes expansion and sustaining capital.
The Group invested US$18.3 million in sustaining
capital expenditure, which includes the investment
in the new Coarse Recovery Plant at Letšeng and
operational expenses at Ghaghoo which were
capitalised to the carrying value of the asset during
the commissioning and ramp-up phase. Expansion
capital of US$27.5 million was mainly attributable
to the completion of the Phase 1 development of
Ghaghoo.
Production tonnes treated (millions)
The production profile sets out the tonnes treated
by Letšeng and Ghaghoo.
7.6
6.8
6.6
6.2
6.5
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Carats produced (thousands)
120
100
91
112
114
119
95
80
60
40
20
0
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Waste tonnes mined (millions)
19.1
19.9
17.4
13.7
11.7
20
15
10
5
0
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Sustainability
Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.05
0
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.13
0.00
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Corporate social investment (CSI)
expenditure (US$ million)
1.1
0.7
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.6
0.5
0.6
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
The carats produced profile sets out the carats
produced by Letšeng and Ghaghoo.
The current year production represents steady state
throughput through the Letšeng plant and includes
48 023 tonnes treated at Ghaghoo during the ramp-up
phase. The decreased tonnes in the prior year included
plant downtime for the crusher installation and the
limited throughput test in the early part of that year.
Letšeng’s carat production increased by 14% and
was driven by mining a higher contribution of the
higher-grade Satellite ore, resulting in 31% of the
total ore treated being sourced from the Satellite
pipe and 69% from the lower-grade Main pipe,
compared to 16% and 84% respectively in 2013.
Further contributing to the higher carat recovery was
the grade overperformance of the reserve during
the year. The current year includes 10 167 carats
produced from Ghaghoo during the ramp-up phase.
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
The waste tonnes mined profile sets out the waste
tonnes mined by Letšeng.
Waste moved for the year was marginally ahead of
requirements in order to meet the mine plan, aided
by improved efficiencies in the use of larger load and
haul equipment commissioned during the year.
Description
Commentary
The LTIFR provides a measure of the safety
performance of the Group, including partners and
contractors. LTIFR is measured on the basis of
reported LTI statistics for all of Gem Diamonds’
companies and subcontractors, expressed as a
frequency rate per 200 000 man hours. Prior year
rates include all operations in existence at that
period.
The LTIFR for the year was 0.20 and was the result of
five LTIs (one at Letšeng and four at Ghaghoo) and
includes one fatality recorded at Ghaghoo. The Group
drives to continually improve its safety record in order
to reach its target for LTIFR of zero.
CSI expenditure relates to the Group’s continued
commitment to CSI which is critical for the ongoing
mutually beneficial and transparent relationships
with our project affected communities.
The Group invested US$0.6 million in community-
related projects during the year, which represents
community-related projects in Botswana and Lesotho.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
13
OUR MARKETPLACE
The medium to long-term outlook for diamond demand and prices is
expected to remain favourable when considering the supply-demand
dynamics and the Group expects diamond prices to continue their upward
trend in the latter part of 2015.
The global diamond market
in 2014
The global diamond market has seen
numerous peaks and troughs since the
onset of the global financial crisis which
saw diamond prices fall rapidly towards the
end of 2008 and into 2009. In 2010, both
rough and polished prices recovered
strongly, reaching historically high levels in
2011. Following a downward correction in
2012, diamond prices have begun to trend
moderately upward in 2013 and 2014 (see
adjacent graph).
Despite the more recent positive trend,
concerns regarding continued liquidity
constraints in the market and the
tightening of lending criteria by a number
of prominent diamond banks, including
the announcement of the closure of the
Antwerp Diamond Bank in October 2014,
negatively affected diamond prices and
trading activity during the second half of
the year.
Gem Diamonds’ market in
2014
2014 was a year of two halves. The ongoing
liquidity concerns had very little impact on
sales during the first half of the year, with
Letšeng achieving robust prices for its
high-value rough and polished diamonds.
The second half of the year saw buyers
adopting a more cautious approach which
was further fuelled by a disappointing
Hong Kong Jewellery Show in September.
This exerted downward pressure on both
rough and polished prices in general,
however, Letšeng’s high-value rough
production continued to remain relatively
resilient, ending the year on a very positive
note, achieving an average of US$2 799*
per carat in the December tender
(compared to the average of US$2 540* per
carat achieved for the full year of 2014).
Supply and demand
dynamics
The diamond market key supply and
demand fundamentals remain robust with
demand expected to outstrip supply for
the medium to long term. At present,
however, with demand expected to
outstrip supply, the market is currently
experiencing a relative balance in terms of
supply and demand, which is projected to
continue for the short term. Thereafter,
supply is expected to decrease as ageing
mines continue to deplete their reserves
and no new diamond mines are
anticipated to contribute significant
additional production. On the other hand,
growth in demand is projected to continue
at a healthy rate, due largely to expanding
wealth and a growing middle class in both
developed and developing countries.
Supply trends
Global rough diamond production has
declined considerably since its peak of
approximately 177 million carats in 2005,
with production volumes still not having
recovered to levels seen prior to the global
financial crisis. Intensified mining activities,
as well as a small number of new diamond
mines anticipated to come on stream, are
expected to result in an increase in the
supply of rough diamonds in the short to
medium term. However, the projected
levels of supply still remain below the
pre-global financial crises levels (see
adjacent chart).
Demand trends
Diamond demand is expected to continue
to grow in real value terms, largely driven
by increased urbanisation and a growing
middle class in emerging markets such as
China and India and the continuing
economic recovery in the US market.
Although the US remains the world’s
dominant diamond consumer, the growth
in disposable income and the trend
towards western consumer spending
behaviour in China and India will continue
to positively influence global demand (see
adjacent chart). Although the slowdown in
GDP growth seen more recently in China
has had a small negative impact on
demand, this has been partially offset by
the recovery seen in the US economy. This
ongoing recovery of the US economy has
resulted in improved demand from this
region since 2008.
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
14
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Rough and polished diamond price growth reverts to near its historic trajectory
Polished diamond price index, 2004 = 100
CAGR
+2%
CAGR
+4%
CAGR
+2%
CAGR
+12%
Rough diamond price index, 2004 = 100
CAGR
-2%
CAGR
-2%
250
200
150
100
50
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
200
150
100
50
Rough diamonds
Note: The CAGR for polished diamond prices is calculated as the growth rate for year-end or period-end prices; the price index for polished diamonds tracks stones of different sizes.
Source: PolishedPrices.com; Kimberley Process; company data ; Bain analysis.
Copyright© 2014 Bain & Company, Inc and Antwerp World Diamond Centre, private foundation (AWDC)
Polished diamonds
World production of diamonds is expected to reach approximately 150 million carats by 2024
Rough diamond supply, millions of carats, 2008 to 2024, base scenario
Forecast
180
150
120
90
60
30
0
CAGR
(2013 – 2024) (2013 – 2019) (2019 – 2024)
0.5 – 1.5% 3.5 – 4.0% – 2.0% – -1.5%
New mines
Other mines
Smaller players
Rio Tinto
De Beers
ALROSA
Total,
millions
of carats
2009
120
2011
123
2013
130
2015
142
2017
152
2019
163
2021
159
2023
158
2024
149
Note: Smaller players are Dominion Diamond, BHP Billiton for 2008 to 2012, Petra Diamonds, and Catoca; other mines include all the remaining production in Angola, Australia, Canada, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Russia, South Africa,
Zimbabwe, and other minor producing countries.
Source: Company data; publication analysis; Kimberley Process; expert interviews; Bain analysis.
Copyright© 2014 Bain & Company, Inc and Antwerp World Diamond Centre, private foundation (AWDC)
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
Rough diamond demand will be fuelled by markets in the US, China, and India
Rough diamond demand, 2010 to 2024, base scenario, 2013 prices, US$ billion
Forecast
CAGR
(2013 – 2014)
4% – 5%
Other
Persian Gulf
Europe
Japan
India + China
US
35
30
20
10
0
2010
2011
2013
2015
2017
2019
2021
2023
2024
Note: Rough diamond demand has been converted from polished diamond demand using historical ratio of rough diamond production to polished diamonds.
Source: Euromonitor, IDEX Tacy Limited and Chaim Even-Zohar; publication analysis; Bain analysis.
Copyright© 2014 Bain & Company, Inc and Antwerp World Diamond Centre, private foundation (AWDC)
THE FINAL LETŠENG TENDER ACHIEVED
US$2 799 per carat
Full year average of US$2 540 in 2014
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
15
OUR MARKETPLACE continued
Since the end of 2013, the Group has seen a steady rise in rough diamond
prices for Letšeng’s production as more of the higher-value Satellite pipe ore
was accessed in accordance with the mine plan.
Diamonds used in the production of
jewellery remain the primary driver of
demand. The industry therefore continues
to support initiatives to sustain this
demand in the developed and, more
particularly, the developing, world as well
as to increase appreciation of diamonds as
investments. Online diamond sales have
become an important sales channel for
the polished diamond and jewellery
industry, fuelling demand as advanced
economies continue the trend toward
the convenience of online retail.
Our position in the market
Global annual diamond production during
2014 was estimated at 131 million carats,
with Gem Diamonds contributing
approximately 119 000 carats. However, the
large, exceptional diamonds produced
from the Letšeng mine makes it the
highest average dollar per carat kimberlite
diamond producer in the world, averaging
US$2 540* per carat in 2014 compared to
an estimated global average of US$105 per
carat. Due to the significant amount of
special diamonds (greater than 10.8 carats)
produced, the Group is placed at the top
end of the diamond market in terms of
value and pricing, with Letšeng’s tenders
continuing to attract an increasing number
of the world’s top diamantaires.
Since the end of 2013, the Group has seen
a steady increase in prices for Letšeng’s
rough diamond production as more of the
higher-value Satellite pipe ore was accessed
in accordance with the mine plan. This,
together with the ability of Gem Diamonds
to extract the maximum value for its
production through a flexible sales strategy
of tender or partnerships, as well as own
cutting and polishing, has also contributed
to the strong earnings reported during
the year.
With the commissioning of the Group’s
Ghaghoo mine in Botswana, and once
full production levels are achieved, an
approximately 200 000 additional carats
per annum will be added to the Group’s
production, albeit with a lower price per
carat. This will give Gem Diamonds greater
exposure to the commercial goods market.
Outlook
The medium to long-term outlook for
diamond demand and prices is expected
to remain favourable when considering the
supply-demand dynamics and the Group
expects diamond prices to continue their
upward trend in the latter part of 2015.
Notwithstanding the continued concerns
regarding bank lending and liquidity in the
market, the Group expects diamond prices
to continue their upward trend in the latter
part of 2015, fuelled primarily by demand
in the US, China and India.
The exceptional rarity of the large,
high-quality, top colour diamonds for
which the Letšeng mine is famous,
together with the increased market
demand for these high-value goods,
contribute to creating a positive outlook at
the top end of the diamond market where
Gem Diamonds has positioned itself. The
growth in the number of high-net-worth
individuals and the development and
growth of the luxury goods market
continue to drive the demand for these
high-value goods, making the prospect
of good returns particularly favourable.
This, coupled with the commercial goods
produced by Ghaghoo will position the
Group to generate additional revenue
going forward.
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
16
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Exceptional diamonds produced by Letšeng in 2014
66.57 carat sold for US$4.2 million
(US$62 566 per carat)
January 2014
162.02 carat sold for US$11.1 million
(US$68 687 per carat)
February 2014
88.13 carat sold for US$3.7 million
(US$42 110 per carat)
April 2014
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
132.6 carat sold for US$7.5 million
(US$56 492 per carat)
June 2014
80.5 carat sold for US$4.4 million
(US$54 179 per carat)
June 2014
94.98 carat extracted
July 2014
197.6 carat sold for US$10.6 million
(US$53 746 per carat)
September 2014
112.6 carat sold for US$5.8 million
(US$51 833 per carat)
December 2014
90.46 carat sold for US$4.2 million
(US$46 003 per carat)
December 2014
299.3 carat extracted December 2014 and
sold into partnership arrangement
in January 2015
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
17
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S OVERVIEW
Letšeng continued to drive strong operational performance and exceptional
financial results during 2014. Prices of both rough and polished diamonds
firmed over the first three quarters before declining moderately in the final
quarter. Despite this softer trend, the final Letšeng tender of 2014 saw very strong
prices achieved and demonstrates the Group’s commitment to implementing the
strategy adopted in 2011 to create sustainable growth and production despite
the market conditions. As our second mine, Ghaghoo, ramps up, we look forward
to the contribution Botswana’s first underground diamond mine will make.
2014 achievements
Maintained robust
financial position
and cash flows
Operations expanded
from a single
producing mine to two
Maiden
dividend
Improved Letšeng
revenue line and plant
optimisation
Operational performance
Letšeng
At Letšeng, a year of solid operational
performance saw an improvement over
the prior year’s production results, with
costs well controlled. Plant enhancements
and improved blasting techniques, as well
as greater access to ore from the higher-
grade, higher-value Satellite orebody over
the prior year, resulted in an improvement
in the grade, size and quality of the
diamonds produced.
During the year, Letšeng issued a revised
resource statement to reflect a significant
increase in the Letšeng indicated resource
category which had been extended in
depth to approximately 350 metres below
the current mine pits on both Satellite and
Main pipe orebodies. This extension has
resulted in a significant increase in the
indicated resource tonnage and contained
carats but has also allowed for a significant
increase in the Letšeng probable reserves,
with the entire 22 year life of mine plan
now classified as reserve.
The growth focus at the Letšeng mine
during 2014 remained on relatively low
capex expansion projects with near-term
returns. Two such projects were advanced
significantly during the year:
– The new Coarse Recovery Plant remains
on track for completion at the end of the
second quarter of 2015. This plant will
optimise the treatment of the high-
value, coarse fraction of ore using X-ray
18
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
transmissive (XRT) technology that will
improve the recovery of the high-value
Type II diamonds. Significant
improvements to security measures and
advanced diamond accounting
processes will also result from the
construction of the new Coarse
Recovery Plant.
– Implementation of the Plant 2 Phase 1
upgrade project commenced in the third
quarter of 2014 and is on track to be
completed in early 2015. The project is
expected to result in an increased
treatment capacity of 250 000 tonnes
per annum and further reduce diamond
damage and improve diamond
liberation. Subsequent upgrades to the
plant will be considered once the
current projects are completed, and
plant performance has been
fully evaluated.
The operational improvements undertaken
this year, together with the projects
that are currently under way and those
considered for the future, position Letšeng
as a long life open pit operation.
Optimisation of the life of mine plans,
which take these improvements into
account, will deliver on the longer-term
plan for Letšeng going forward.
Ghaghoo
As Botswana’s first underground diamond
mine, the Ghaghoo mine has showcased
Gem Diamonds’ ability to add value to
existing assets through technical
innovation. By pursuing an underground
mining option, the Group achieved
significant cost savings, reduced its
potential environmental impact and has
served to pave the way for a new era of
mining in challenging mining conditions
(including deposits covered with
significant overburden). This point was
reinforced by the President of Botswana
when he officiated the opening of the
Ghaghoo mine in September 2014.
Gem Diamonds is developing Ghaghoo in
a phased approach. The first phase is aimed
at confirming diamond grades and prices,
as well as testing different mining and
processing techniques. In subsequent
phases, production will be increased as
appropriate in a cost-effective manner.
The mine is currently in Phase 1 with the
capital project complete and
commissioning progressing well. As at
31 December 2014, 48 023 tonnes of ore
had been treated, with 10 167 carats
recovered, including a 20 carat white
diamond, a 17 carat white diamond, and a
three carat orange diamond (the recovery of
which confirms the presence of valuable
coloured diamonds in the orebody). After
year end, a 35 carat diamond was recovered,
which is the largest diamond recovered at
Ghaghoo to date. The first tender of 10 167
carats was held in February of 2015,
following viewings held in Gaborone and
Antwerp and achieved US$210 per carat. As
is usual in the development of the
marketing of a new mine’s production, it will
take at least six months of tender sales and
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
Clifford Elphick
Completed
Ghaghoo capital
project on time and
on budget
Continued excellence
in sales, marketing and
manufacturing initiatives
the subsequent sale of the polished
diamonds by clients, in order for a reliable
average price to emerge. As part of the
mine’s Phase 1 plan, a production rate of
approximately 60 000 tonnes per month is
expected to be achieved by mid-2015.
During the year, a significant ingress of
water was encountered at Ghaghoo
following the intersection of a fissure in
the basalt country rock. This challenge
has been overcome through swift and
efficient technical response, allowing
the development of the tunnels to
proceed with minimal disruption to
mine development.
Sales, marketing and
manufacturing
The Group continues to invest in
its marketing and manufacturing
operations to ensure the highest returns
on its production.
During the year Letšeng recovered seven
+100 carat diamonds, five of these
exceptional diamonds (a 197.6 carat, a
162.02 carat, a 161.31 carat, a 132.55 carat
and a 112.6 carat) together achieved a total
sales value of US$37.4 million, representing
14% of Letšeng’s total revenue. The largest
diamond recovered in 2014 was a 299.3
carat yellow diamond, which was extracted
and sold into a partnership arrangement in
early 2015, where Letšeng will further share
in 50% of the uplift from the eventual
polished sales value.
For the full year Letšeng sold 108 963 carats
(2013: 97 294), achieving an average price
of US$2 540* per carat, up 24% from
US$2 043* per carat in the prior year.
Health, safety, social and
environment (HSSE)
The sustainability of the Group is
strongly dependent on maintaining its
social licence to operate. As a result, the
health and safety of employees and
contractors, environmental responsibility,
legal compliance and social relevance
remain key enablers of the Group’s
continued success.
The Group manages its environmental
footprint with great care. Across all
operations there is a continual focus on
improving energy efficiency, reducing
direct impact and enhancing biodiversity.
It is pleasing to report that for the sixth
consecutive year no major environmental
incidents occurred across the Group.
Gem Diamonds works in close collaboration
with its project affected communities to
ensure that the social projects implemented
make a meaningful contribution to these
communities. With the opening of the
Ghaghoo mine, the Group’s involvement in
the surrounding community has intensified.
The Ghaghoo Community Trust has been
funded as part of the development of the
mine and these funds allocated to support
community projects during 2014. In
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
addition, employment opportunities have
been taken up by many in the project
affected communities and the medical
facilities on the mine have been made
available to treat emergencies in the
surrounding communities. Moreover,
Ghaghoo continues to equip and maintain
the boreholes, which are used by the
communities within the Central
Kalahari region.
Outlook
As the Group’s operations expand from a
single producing mine to two producing
mines, with the ramp up of production at
Ghaghoo, the Group will start seeing a
significant shift in production figures going
forward. The Group will continue to focus
on improving operational efficiencies and
pursuing innovative technologies. Taking
these steps, I am confident that the Group
is well placed to take advantage of the
favourable supply/demand dynamics in
the market in order to produce continued
growth in 2015 and beyond.
I wish to express my sincere appreciation to
our employees. Your continued pursuit of
excellence has made the success of Gem
Diamonds possible. I would also like to
thank the Board for their guidance during
the year, as well as our shareholders for
their continued support.
Clifford Elphick
Chief Executive Officer
16 March 2015
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
19
GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Capital and cash management discipline has placed the Group in a well-
funded position to recommend the payment of its maiden dividend of
5 US cents per share, which enforces its strategy of delivering additional
value to its shareholders.
Financial highlights
Revenue of
US$271 million
– up 27%
Underlying EBITDA
of US$104 million
– up 35%
Attributable profit
of US$33 million
– up 57%
Basic EPS of
24 US cents
– up 57%
Mining operations
The demand for rough diamonds remained strong during 2014,
with high prices achieved for Letšeng’s production, particularly the
high-quality, large diamonds for which the mine is renowned. The
benefit of the additional investment in waste stripping in the
Satellite pipe at Letšeng in 2013 was realised in 2014, as increased
volumes of the higher-value, higher-grade Satellite pipe ore was
mined during the year. The Satellite to Main pipe ore ratio was
31:69 during the year, compared to 16:84 in the prior year. The
increased contribution of the higher-grade Satellite pipe ore,
together with the higher than expected performance of the
reserve grade during the year resulted in Letšeng recovering
108 569 carats, a 14% increase from the prior year.
Average price per carat (US$)1
Carats sold1
Group revenue summary
(US$ million)
Sales – rough
Sales – polished margin
Sales – other
2014
2 540
108 963
276.8
5.8
0.4
Impact of movement in own
(12.1)
manufactured inventory
270.9
Group revenue
1 Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
2013
2 043
97 294
198.8
6.3
0.3
7.4
212.8
Revenue
Royalties and selling costs
Cost of sales
Corporate expenses
Underlying EBITDA
Depreciation and mining asset
amortisation
Share-based payments
Other income
Foreign exchange gain
Finance income/(cost)
Reversal of impairment of assets
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year
Non-controlling interests
Attributable profit for the year
Earnings per share (US cents)
2014
US$ million
Total
2013
US$ million
Total
270.9
(24.7)
(129.6)
(12.4)
104.2
(15.2)
(1.7)
0.2
5.2
0.2
–
92.9
(35.0)
57.9
(24.7)
33.2
24.0
212.8
(18.5)
(103.1)
(13.8)
77.4
(17.3)
(0.9)
0.7
0.6
(1.6)
0.1
59.0
(20.8)
38.2
(17.0)
21.2
15.3
Revenue
The Group’s revenue is primarily derived from its two business
activities, namely its mining operations at Letšeng and its rough
diamond manufacturing operation in Antwerp. Revenue does
not include any contribution from the mining operation at
Ghaghoo, as the mine had not reached full commercial production
during the year. The first sale of carats recovered during
commissioning concluded after year end. Overall, the Group
revenue increased by 27%, driven by 12% higher volume of rough
carat sales from Letšeng and 24% higher diamond prices achieved.
Management interventions initiated during 2013, effective mining
plans and favourable external market conditions for the majority of
2014 have all resulted in a positive impact on revenue.
20
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
Michael Michael – Chief Financial Officer
Cash on hand of
US$111 million
Maiden dividend of
5 US cents per share
The combination of increased mining in the higher-value Satellite
pipe, the positive impact of the new crushers installed during 2013
and favourable market conditions, resulted in a higher average
value obtained for Letšeng’s rough diamond exports. US$2 540*
per carat was achieved in 2014 from the sale of 108 963 carats,
compared to the average price of US$2 043* per carat achieved in
2013 from 97 294 carats. This resulted in an overall increase of 39%
in Letšeng’s rough revenue compared to the prior year and an
EBITDA margin of 46% (2013: 42%).
Diamond manufacturing operation
The diamond manufacturing operation in Antwerp contributed
US$5.8 million to Group revenue (through additional polished margin
generated) and US$3.9 million to EBITDA. During the year, 1 232 carats
valued at a rough market value of US$17.2 million were extracted
from the Letšeng exports for manufacturing. In total, polished
diamonds with an initial rough value of US$5.1 million were sold
during the year and US$15.0 million remained in inventory at the end
of the current year, compared to US$2.9 million at the end of the prior
year. The year-on-year polished inventory movement decreased the
Group revenue by US$12.1 million.
Royalties and selling costs
Royalties and selling costs in the Group of US$24.7 million mainly
comprise mineral extraction costs paid to the Lesotho Revenue
Authority of 8% on the sale of diamonds and diamond marketing-
related expenses.
Cost of sales
The focus for 2014 remained on continued operational excellence
through cost reductions and enhancing production efficiencies.
Cost of sales for the period was US$129.6 million, the majority of
which was incurred at Letšeng, and includes waste stripping costs
amortised of US$49.3 million (2013: US$34.8 million). The benefits
of the newly negotiated mining contract, procuring a larger mining
fleet and improved production throughput contributed to
improved unit costs. Cost of sales does not include any operational
costs incurred at Ghaghoo, as the mine did not reach its intended
sustaining operational levels, and therefore all costs were
recognised as part of the asset’s carrying value during 2014.
The LSL (pegged to the South African rand) and the Botswana pula
(BWP) were weaker than the prior year, positively impacting
US dollar reported costs during the year. Conversely, the
British pound (GBP) strengthened against the US dollar during
the year, negatively impacting GBP corporate costs.
Exchange rates
2014
2013 % change
LSL per US$1.00
Average exchange rate
for the year
Year end exchange rate
BWP per US$1.00
Average exchange rate
for the year
Year end exchange rate
US$1.00 per GBP
Average exchange rate
for the year
Year end exchange rate
10.85
11.57
9.65
10.47
8.98
9.51
1.65
1.56
8.40
8.78
1.56
1.66
12
11
7
8
6
(6)
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
21
GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE continued
Letšeng costs
US$ (per unit)
Direct cash cost (before waste)
per tonne treated1
Operating cost per tonne
treated2
Waste cash cost per waste
tonne mined
Local currency (per unit) LSL
Direct cash cost (before waste)
per tonne treated1
Operating cost per tonne
treated2
Waste cash cost per waste
tonne mined
Year ended
31 December
2014
Year ended
31 December
2013
12.70
19.64
2.22
137.75
213.08
24.07
13.34
15.85
2.71
128.68
152.92
26.12
1 Direct cash costs represent all operating cash costs, excluding royalty and
selling costs.
2 Operating costs include waste stripping cost amortised, inventory and ore
stockpile adjustments, and excludes depreciation.
Total direct cash costs (before waste) at Letšeng, in local currency,
were LSL884.6 million compared to LSL801.1 million in 2013. This
resulted in unit costs per tonne treated for the year of LSL137.75
(2013: LSL128.68). This increase of 7% is primarily attributable to
general inflation increases of approximately 6%; above inflationary
fuel and power increases; additional costs relating to back up
power facilities and diamond reduction initiatives, offset by savings
achieved through the new mining contract arrangements.
Operating costs per tonne treated increased to LSL213.08 per
tonne from LSL152.92 per tonne, mainly due to increased waste
stripping cost amortised, driven by the different waste to ore strip
ratios for the particular ore processed. Letšeng significantly
increased mining ore from the Satellite pipe during the year, which
carries a higher amortisation charge than the Main pipe. As a result,
the amortisation charge attributable to the Satellite pipe ore
accounted for 64% of the total waste stripping amortisation charge
in 2014 (2013: 48%).
Other operating information
(US$ million)
Waste cost capitalised
Waste stripping costs amortised
Depreciation and mining asset
amortisation
Capital expenditure1
Year ended
31 December
2014
51.5
49.3
Year ended
31 December
2013
59.3
34.9
15.2
11.3
16.0
9.9
1 Capital expenditure excludes movements in rehabilitation assets relating to
changes in rehabilitation estimates.
Local currency waste cash cost per waste tonne mined decreased
by 8% as a result of the newly negotiated mining contract and the
use of larger equipment improving overall efficiencies. Following
the estimation change in respect of the waste mined out of the
surveying review, which was disclosed in 2012, waste costs will be
recovered from the mining contractor over the eight-year term
of the new contract and this has been raised as a prepayment in
the Statement of Financial Position. The impact on the waste
stripping cost amortised in the current year due to the change
in estimate is a credit of US$0.9 million.
Corporate expenses
As a result of the streamlining of the corporate structure initiated in
2013, corporate expenses have further decreased, notwithstanding
inflation, from US$13.8 million in 2013 to US$12.4 million in 2014,
which now represents the full impact of the restructuring initiatives.
Corporate expenses relate to central costs incurred by the Group
and are incurred in both South African rand and British pounds.
Share-based payments
Share-based payment costs for the year amounted to
US$1.7 million compared to US$0.9 million in 2013. There were
two Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP) options granted during March
and June of 2014. In March, 625 000 nil-cost options were granted
to certain key employees. The vesting of these options
will be subject to the satisfaction of certain performance and
service conditions classified as non-market conditions. In June,
609 000 nil-cost options were granted to the Executive Directors.
The vesting of these options will be subject to the satisfaction of
certain performance conditions over a three-year period. The
share-based payment cost associated with the new awards had
a US$0.6 million impact on the current year charge.
22
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
10
w
e
i
v
e
r
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
Net finance income
Net finance income mainly comprises interest received from
surplus cash from the Letšeng operation and the finance income
adjustment relating to the impact of raising the non-current
prepayment at fair value relating to the waste estimation change.
This income was partially offset by the unwinding of the current
environmental provisions and interest on interest-bearing liabilities.
Income tax expense
The Group’s effective tax rate was 37.6%, above the UK statutory
tax rate of 21.5%. This tax rate is driven by tax of 25% on profits
generated by Letšeng, withholding tax of 10% on dividends from
Letšeng and deferred tax assets not recognised on losses incurred
in non-trading operations.
EBITDA and attributable profit
The impact of the positive trading activities for the year has resulted in
underlying EBITDA of US$104.2 million, up by US$26.8 million (35%)
from the prior year. The profit attributable to shareholders for the year
was US$33.2 million (up 57% from US$21.2 million in 2013) equating
to 24.0 US cents per share (up 57% from 15.3 US cents in 2013) on a
weighted average number of shares in issue of 138 million.
Financial position and funding review
The Group’s robust cash position was maintained, with
US$110.7 million cash on hand at year end, of which
US$99.4 million was attributable to Gem Diamonds and
US$0.2 million restricted. The Group generated cash flow from
operating activities of US$133.7 million before the investment
in waste mining and capital expenditure.
Enhancing the Group’s funding strategy of incorporating
appropriate debt levels into the capital structure, additional
debt funding of LSL140.0 million (US$12.1 million) for the funding
of the Coarse Recovery Plant, and US$25.0 million to fund the
remaining Phase 1 development spend at Ghaghoo was raised
during the year. Both these facilities were fully drawn down by year
end, resulting in a net cash position of US$73.6 million, with
undrawn facilities of US$41.6 million still available as at
31 December 2014.
Investments in property, plant and equipment amounted to
US$101.3 million, the largest component of which was
US$54.0 million incurred in waste stripping costs at Letšeng. The
Group also invested US$11.3 million at Letšeng, in connection with
the Coarse Recovery Plant, Plant 2 Phase 1 upgrade, additional
resource extension drilling and other sustaining capital costs.
US$35.1 million was invested in Ghaghoo, representing
the remaining Phase 1 capital project costs (US$26.2 million)
together with six months’ operational costs during the
commissioning phase (US$8.9 million). These costs continued to be
recognised as part of the carrying value of the asset until such time
as the mine is capable of operating at sustainable levels.
During the year, Letšeng declared dividends of US$92.0 million
of which US$57.9 million flowed to Gem Diamonds and
US$34.1 million flowed outside of the Group representing
withholding taxes of US$6.5 million and payment to the
Government of Lesotho of US$27.6 million for its minority portion.
Outlook
Capital and cash management discipline has placed the Group in
a well-funded position to recommend the payment of its maiden
dividend of 5 US cents per share, which enforces its strategy of
delivering additional value to its shareholders. This dividend is
subject to shareholder approval at the scheduled AGM to be
held on 2 June 2015, and would be anticipated to be paid on
9 June 2015. The total dividend would be US$6.9 million, equating
to 21% of 2014 net earnings.
Focus will be on converting the Ghaghoo mine from a
development project into sustaining operational activities and
achieving steady state production by the end of the first half of
2015. Optimising steady state production costs will be of high
priority with the aim of generating a positive contribution
to EBITDA.
Letšeng is operationally geared to mine a more consistent mix of
Satellite and Main pipe ore. In addition, the potential added value
benefits following the completion of the Coarse Recovery Plant and
the Plant 2 Phase 1 project in the first half of 2015 provides a strong
platform from which to build during 2015 and beyond.
The Group will continue to pursue cost control, operational
efficiencies and growth opportunities on an ongoing basis to
achieve its objectives of delivering shareholder return over the
short, medium and long term.
Michael Michael
Chief Financial Officer
16 March 2015
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
23
OPERATING REVIEW
24
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
At Letšeng, a year of solid operational
performance saw an improvement over
the prior year’s production results.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
25
OPERATING REVIEW – LETŠENG
At Letšeng, plant improvements and improved blasting techniques, as well
as greater access to ore from the higher-grade Satellite orebody resulted in an
improvement in the grade, size and quality of the diamonds produced,
exceeding all prior year production levels.
Letšeng
Operational highlights
Highest number of +20 carat diamonds recovered
The recovered grade outperformed the 2014 reserve estimate by 7%
Five +100 carat diamonds sold achieved US$37.4 million in total, representing 14% of total sales
Early introduction of the new mining contract resulted in improved efficiencies and cost savings
Construction of the new Coarse Recovery Plant under way.
Improved blasting techniques implemented during 2014.
26
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Aerial view of the Letšeng mine, with the Main pipe in the foreground and the Satellite pipe behind it. The processing plants, offices and site
accommodation are on the right.
Letšeng rolling average US$ per carat 2014
3 100
2 700
2 300
1 900
1 500
2
7
6
2
5
5
6
2
7
4
5
2
3
1
5
2
7
4
5
2
0
9
5
2
0
2
6
2
2
2
5
2
4
7
4
2
7
3
3
2
9
3
5
2
7
3
3
2
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Large diamond recoveries
Frequency of recoveries of large diamonds at Letšeng’
Number of diamonds*
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
>100 carats
60 – 100 carats
30 – 60 carats
20 – 30 carats
7
16
74
88
5
10
76
98
6
10
61
89
5
19
59
91
Total diamonds >20 carats
185
189
166
174
* Letšeng’s treatment plants only. (Excludes Contractor Plant production.)
3
13
61
110
187
7
16
50
71
144
7
21
69
101
198
Letšeng operational performance
Tonnes treated
Waste tonnes mined
Carats recovered
Year
ended
31 December
2014
Year
ended
31 December
2013
6 421 704
19 884 721
108 569
6 225 821
19 072 657
95 053
% change
3
4
14
Operational performance
Letšeng reported a year of robust
operational performance, exceeding all
prior year production levels. For the year
Letšeng treated a total of 6.4 million tonnes
of ore compared to the 6.2 million tonnes
in 2013. Of the total ore treated for the year,
69% was sourced from the Main pipe and
31% from the Satellite pipe, compared to
84% Main and 16% Satellite ore in 2013.
The recovered grade has outperformed the
2014 reserve estimate by 7% and this can
be attributed to a concerted effort to
improve mining, treatment and geological
controls, as well as the increased recovery
of fine diamonds through improved
liberation and dilution control. The higher
recovered grade and increased Satellite
pipe contribution to the mining mix
resulted in 108 569 carats being recovered
in 2014, a 14% increase from the prior year.
Waste stripping at Letšeng increased in line
with the mine plan and the requirement to
access the higher-grade Satellite ore in higher
proportions. Waste moved was 19.9 million
tonnes, up 4% from 2013. During the first half
of 2014, the mining contractor delivered
larger mining equipment that included five
new 100 tonne dump trucks and two new
300 tonne hydraulic excavators, thereby
improving the waste mining efficiency in line
with the current and medium-term increase
in waste mining.
Significant improvements to sidewall
control and blasting of the pit slopes have
allowed the slope angles of the mine to
be increased safely. This will result in lower
stripping ratios, thereby significantly
reducing the total cost of mining over
the life of the mine. Optimisation of the
long-term mine plan, taking into account
the steeper slope angles, commenced
toward the end of the year and will be
ready for review early in 2015.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
27
OPERATING REVIEW – LETŠENG continued
Letšeng was awarded, for the second consecutive year, the highest possible
rating for health, safety, social and environmental (HSSE) management
according to the IRCA global system.
Letšeng +50 carats recoveries
)
s
t
a
r
a
c
(
e
z
i
s
e
n
o
t
S
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Introduction of
new crusher
Improvements
in blasting
3
1
0
2
n
a
J
3
1
0
2
b
e
F
4
1
0
2
r
p
A
3
1
0
2
n
u
J
3
1
0
2
g
u
A
4
1
0
2
n
a
J
4
1
0
2
b
e
F
Export number
4
1
0
2
r
p
A
4
1
0
2
n
u
J
4
1
0
2
g
u
A
5
1
0
2
n
a
J
Type I
Type II
% Satellite
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
New mining contract
Letšeng successfully renegotiated its
contract with the mining contractor a year
ahead of the expiry of the previous
contract. This has resulted in improved unit
costs for eight years, effective from
1 January 2014. The introduction of the
new larger mining equipment has resulted
in improved loading and hauling
efficiencies, contributing to reduced
mining costs.
Focus on diamond damage
With diamond damage remaining a key
focus area, a number of initiatives in both
mining and processing were embarked
upon during the past year to reduce
diamond damage even further. Changes
to mine blasting practices and operations
have resulted in improved fragmentation
of the ore for the treatment plants, which
contributes to reducing diamond damage.
These efforts, in conjunction with the
installation of the secondary and tertiary
crushers in 2013; the lining of the cyclone
underflow boxes; and the optimisation of
crusher gaps and crusher operations have
resulted in a reduced breakage trend in the
valuable Type II diamonds.
Building on the successful installation of
the crushers in 2013, further enhancements
were made to the plants, which had a
positive impact on the diamond breakage
trend. New liner configurations for the
Plant 1 and Plant 2 secondary crushers
were finalised and adopted, resulting in
improved throughputs, as well as better
fragmentation.
Expansion and
improvement programme
Following several studies it was decided
that the Plant 2 Phase 1 upgrade would be
implemented and that the Plant 2 Phase 2
upgrade project would be examined
further after the implementation of
Phase 1. The Plant 2 Phase 1 project was
approved by the Board in June 2014 at a
capital cost of US$4.7 million and will be
completed in Q1 2015. The Plant 2 Phase 1
upgrade project will increase Letšeng’s
production capacity by 250 000 tonnes per
annum and is also expected to further
reduce diamond damage.
Construction on the new Coarse Recovery
Plant started in Q3 of 2014. Construction and
commissioning is expected to be completed
by the end of Q2 2015. This new plant will
create a single access, secure facility, and will
use XRT sorters to process all of the +5 mm
diamond concentrate to ensure improved
diamond recovery of the high-value Type II
diamonds, which typically have a low
fluorescence and are not easily recovered
using regular fluorescence-based X-ray
technology.
State of the art security systems have
been designed for the new Coarse
Recovery Plant, which will include X-ray
scanning of all personnel exiting the
recovery plant.
Skills
The issue of skills attraction and retention
remains a material risk to the Letšeng
operation. Aside from the normal factors
ascribed to working in remote areas and
remunerating skilled employees in a globally
weak currency, localisation challenges,
difficulties experienced in obtaining work
permits for expatriates and increasing
competition from other diamond companies
in Lesotho for skilled personnel, have
exacerbated the risk.
An exercise focusing on a global search for
qualified and experienced Lesotho citizens
who were willing to work in Lesotho
indicated that there is a limited pool of
available skills.
Extensive engagements with Lesotho
Government officials on this matter have
commenced. Indications are that the
stakeholders will adopt a collaborative
approach to addressing the skills challenge.
Furthermore, an intensified effort is being
made to invest in the development of
existing employees.
HSSE
Letšeng was awarded, for the second
consecutive year, the highest possible
rating for HSSE management according to
the IRCA global system. The 2014 external
One of Letšeng’s exceptional diamonds.
New larger equipment was delivered to site during the year.
28
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Letšeng Plant 2.
HSSE audit resulted in a five-star rating
which reflects the continued focus on the
effective management of risks to the health
and safety of the mine’s employees and
project affected communities, as well as
Letšeng’s approach to safeguarding the
natural environment in which it operates.
On 23 October 2014 Letšeng reached a
significant milestone of 365 days without
an LTI. Unfortunately, immediately
following this milestone Letšeng
experienced an LTI. The incident was
comprehensively investigated, the
root causes determined and appropriate
corrective actions taken to prevent
recurrences.
No major or significant environmental
incidents were recorded at Letšeng
during 2014.
To improve the lives and social well-being of
the communities affected by mining activities,
Letšeng continues to work closely with the
project affected communities and relevant
community and governmental forums.
During 2014, Letšeng invested approximately
US$0.3 million towards community
investment projects, the amount of which is
anticipated to increase in 2015 in line with the
maturity of the corporate social investment
(CSI) plan and as more projects are
implemented. The majority of Letšeng’s
investment spend went towards infrastructure
development, small and medium enterprise
and education. To this end, Letšeng invested
US$59 587 towards educational scholarships
and initiatives. Letšeng undertook a herd boys
training campaign which was focused on
outdoor survival skills to aid surviving harsh
winter conditions in the Lesotho mountains.
The operation also built and equipped three
health posts in Lesotho during 2014. These
health posts were handed over to the
department of health as they continue to
expand access to medical services in Lesotho.
At the end of 2014, 92% of Letšeng’s
workforce comprised Lesotho citizens
with 18% originating from project
affected communities.
Focus for 2015
Complete the Plant 2 Phase 1 upgrade
Sustainable
development in action
Indigenous plant nursery
Letšeng assisted the local community
members in the neighbouring
Khubelu valley with the
establishment of an indigenous plant
nursery. The project aims is to have
the communities sell indigenous
plants to local projects and
businesses, thereby generating an
income for the community and
furthering self-sustainability.
The mine provided training to
community members which
included:
– conservation of endangered plant
species;
– propagation of indigenous plants;
– establishing an environment
conducive to plant growth; and
– nursery management.
The community is in the process of
securing the correct infrastructure for
the nursery and the project is well
under way.
Complete the construction and
commissioning of the Coarse
Recovery Plant
Complete mine planning studies
incorporating steeper slope angles,
reducing and delaying the peak
of waste stripping and the optimal
mining rates from both pits to derive
optimal returns
Re-review the optimal timing for
commencement of underground
mining
Undertake further studies into the next
phase(s) of the expansion programme
Improving efficiencies through continuous
improvement programmes
Continuation of test work with new waste
sorting techniques
Continuation of the drive to reduce
diamond damage
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
29
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
OPERATING REVIEW – GHAGHOO
The Ghaghoo diamond mine was officially opened by His Excellency the
President of Botswana, Seretse Khama Ian Khama, on 5 September 2014. The
mine reached an important milestone with the completion of the Phase 1
capital project which entailed developing an access decline through 80 metres
of sand overburden and three production tunnels in the first level of mining.
Ghaghoo
Operational highlights
The Phase 1 development of the Ghaghoo mine has been completed on time and on budget
Final commissioning and optimisation of the plant to achieve nameplate production output is in progress
A total of 10 167 carats recovered during commissioning, (including a 20 carat white diamond, a 17 carat white
diamond and a three carat orange diamond)
TOTAL RESOURCE
20.5 million carats
(as at 1 January 2014)
IN-SITU VALUE
US$4.9 billion
(as at 1 January 2014)
The access decline at Ghaghoo.
Some of Ghaghoo’s first diamonds produced.
30
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Lining the kimberlite tunnels with safety meshing.
Operational performance
The Ghaghoo diamond mine was officially
opened by His Excellency the President of
Botswana, Seretse Khama Ian Khama, on
5 September 2014.
The mine reached an important milestone
with the completion of the Phase 1 capital
project, which entailed developing an
access decline through 80 metres of sand
overburden and three production tunnels
in the first level of mining.
The tunnels in the old sampling level
(140 metres below surface) were
intersected in August 2014. These tunnels
were dewatered and inspected and found
to be stable and free of harmful gases.
To facilitate production, two 1 200 mm
diameter ventilation holes were drilled and
one has been equipped as an emergency
escape route.
The planned ramp up to approximately
60 000 tonnes per month and final
commissioning by December 2014 were
delayed due to an unforeseen intersection
of a major water fissure along the basalt
rim tunnel of the first production level. The
water fissure was successfully sealed and
measures were taken to rehabilitate the
underground workings, including the
reinforcing of underground tunnels,
installing additional pumping and water
handling capacities, drilling of dewatering
boreholes around the kimberlite pipe and
sealing of the water fissure.
During the year, production was drawn
from the trial stope on Level 0, 134 metres
below surface, and from the development
tunnels in Level 1. The ore drawn from
these was used in the commissioning of
the processing plant. The processing plant
is in the final stages of commissioning and
further optimisation work is in progress.
48 023 tonnes of ore was treated, resulting
in the recovery of 10 167 carats during the
year. The recovered grade during the
commissioning period has averaged just
above 21 carats per hundred tonnes (cpht)
compared to an expectation of
approximately 27 cpht, but was negatively
impacted by highly diluted ore from the
margins of the pipe and plant inefficiencies
during early commissioning. During the
latter part of the year, following an
optimisation process at the treatment
plant, the grade showed improvement and
it is expected that reserve grades will
be achieved as both the plant and
mining operations reach steady state
production levels.
HSSE
Ghaghoo is a maturing organisation that
is improving its management systems,
including the HSSE management system.
The operation was recognised for its
improvement of HSSE management when
it was awarded a four-star rating for its
external HSSE audit for a second
consecutive year in 2014. Regrettably a fall
of ground incident occurred on 11 January
and resulted in the death of Mr Segolame
Mashumba. A comprehensive and
thorough accident investigation found that
the incident was a result of a series of
consecutive actions that combined to
weaken the rock mass to such an extent
that a very small amount of force was
required to cause failure. Work practices
have been revised and an extensive
training programme has
been implemented.
On 4 November 2014 a further fall of
ground occurred, resulting in three LTIs.
This incident was investigated and
appropriate actions were taken to address
the root causes to prevent recurrence of
the incident.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
31
OPERATING REVIEW – GHAGHOO continued
Ghaghoo established a community trust in 2014. This trust is made up of
representatives from the project affected communities as well as
representatives from the mine.
No major or significant environmental
incidents occurred during 2014.
Ghaghoo established a community trust
in 2014. This trust is made up of
representatives from the project affected
communities as well as representatives from
the mine. Ghaghoo has increased its CSI
activity in local communities during the year,
with a focus on education. The mine has
adopted the Kaudwane Primary School as
part of its social investment strategy and
appointed a number of Kaudwane residents
as part of its short-term labour project. The
project is aimed at building capacity and
providing local community members with
work experience and skills. Other
programmes have been identified as part
of the CSI plan for implementation in 2015.
At year end, 93% of the Ghaghoo
workforce were Batswana citizens, 19% of
which originated from project affected
communities.
Sustainable
development in action
Adoption of the Kaudwane Primary
School
Ghaghoo officially adopted the
Kaudwane Primary School on 24 June
2014. An official adoption ceremony
was held to mark this event and to
facilitate good relations between the
Ghaghoo diamond mine and the
Kaudwane community. The school
identified various projects that they
required assistance with, including
infrastructure and maintenance
upgrades.
Extensive maintenance has been
undertaken to improve the ablution
facilities of the school, and the
classrooms have been provided with
electricity after the generator was
serviced. More projects are planned for
implementation during 2015.
Focus for 2015
Continue the transition of processes
and systems from the project phase to
operations phase
Continue ramping-up mining and
production to nameplate capacity and
maintain a focus on sustaining those
levels. (Production is expected to ramp-up
to reach steady state during the first
half of 2015).
Optimise the processing plant
Advance the decline to open up
Level 2 in 2015
Increase the number carats for sale and
the frequency of tenders held
(An initial sale of 10 096 carats took place
in Gaborone and Antwerp during
February 2015).
A 3 carat orange diamond recovered at Ghaghoo.
Underground equipment in the kimberlite tunnels in level 1.
32
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
OPERATING REVIEW – SALES, MARKETING AND MANUFACTURING
The Group continues to invest in and grow the intellectual property in
its sales, marketing and manufacturing operations, with the objective
of ensuring that the highest returns are achieved for its rough and
polished diamonds.
Sales, marketing and
manufacturing
Operational highlights
US$276.8 million* with an average price of US$2 540* per carat was achieved for Letšeng’s high-value
production
59* rough diamonds for greater than US$1.0 million each
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Polished sales through the manufacturing division contributed US$5.8 million in additional revenue
to the Group
* Includes carats extracted for polishing at rough valuation.
An 11.02 carat, D colour, flawless round brilliant diamond, cut and
polished at Baobab Technologies.
Baobab Technologies cutting and polishing facility.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
33
SALES, MARKETING AND MANUFACTURING continued
Sales and marketing
The Group’s rough diamond production is
marketed by Gem Diamonds Marketing
Services and sold through an electronic
tender platform. The tender platform is
designed to enhance engagement with
customers by allowing continuous access,
flexibility and communication, as well as
ensuring transparency during the tender
process. Although tender viewings of the
Group’s diamonds take place in Antwerp,
the electronic tender platform allows
customers the flexibility to participate in
each tender from anywhere in the world.
This flexibility, together with the
professional and transparent manner in
which the tender is managed, as well as
the high-calibre clients who participate in
the tenders, contributes to the
achievement of the highest market-driven
prices for the Group’s rough diamond
production. In addition to the Letšeng
production, Gem Diamonds Marketing
Services will also be tendering the
Ghaghoo rough diamond production in
2015, with viewings scheduled to take
place in Gaborone and Antwerp.
Rough diamonds selected for polishing are
manufactured at Baobab, and the resulting
polished diamonds are sold by Gem
Diamonds Marketing Services through
direct selling channels to prominent
high-end clients.
Focus for 2015
Sales and marketing – Gem Diamonds
Marketing Services
Continue to achieve highest prices
for the Group’s rough and polished
diamonds through optimised sales and
marketing activities
Develop and implement the market
strategy and sales channels for the
Ghaghoo rough production to achieve
highest prices
Identify diamond sales and marketing
opportunities in other strategic
jurisdictions
Analysis and
manufacturing
Baobab Technologies’ advanced mapping
and analysis of Letšeng’s exceptional rough
diamonds assists the Group in assessing
appropriate true values of its rough
diamonds that are presented for sale on
tender or sold through any other sales
channel. This ensures that robust reserve
prices are set for its diamonds at each
tender and assists in the making of
strategic selling, partnering or
manufacturing decisions.
In order to access the highest value for its
top-quality diamonds, the Group also
selectively manufactures some of its own
high-value rough diamonds through
Baobab and places other exceptional
diamonds into strategic partnership
arrangements with select clients.
During 2014, Baobab Technologies
received 933 carats of high-value diamonds
for processing, with a rough market value
of US$12.9 million from Letšeng and
continued to cut and polish third-party
goods. Included in this amount was the
manufacture of two high-value diamonds
– a 124 carat diamond, which resulted in
12 exceptional polished diamonds with
a total weight of 40.63 carats (including
a 10 carat, D Flawless, Emerald cut), and a
95 carat diamond, which resulted in four
exceptional polished diamonds with a
total weight of 34.53 carats (including a
18 carat, D Flawless, Round and a 10 carat,
D Flawless, Round). All of the polished
stones from these two diamonds achieved
Excellent grading for cut grade, polish and
symmetry by the GIA.
Focus for 2015
Analysis and manufacturing – Baobab
Continue to analyse Letšeng’s large,
high-value diamonds to ensure deep
understanding of product value on
each Letšeng tender
Obtain best possible polished results
for Letšeng’s rough diamonds extracted
for manufacturing
Increase business activities by
polishing more high-value diamonds
for customers outside the Group
34
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
MINERAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
While the key concepts of the Mineral Resources Management (MRM)
pipeline approach apply largely to the Letšeng operation at this stage, a
similar approach is being taken at the developing Ghaghoo operation.
Unlocking value through effective
mineral resource management
Integrated mineral resource management
An integrated approach to MRM is crucial in ensuring optimal
extraction of our mineral resources.
This entails understanding the in-situ resources, the modifying
factors that govern the resource to reserve conversion process and
the continued improvement and optimisation of the Group’s
exploitation strategy. Continuous improvement work streams that
were initiated in 2013 are beginning to yield positive outcomes as
is evident in the 2014 reserve performance.
While the key concepts of the MRM pipeline approach apply largely
to the Letšeng operation at this stage, a similar approach is being
taken at the developing Ghaghoo operation. MRM is reported in
the following sections: reserve performance; resource
development and mineral resource and reserve statements.
Resource exploration and development
Resource estimation and modelling
RESOURCE
Mine planning and design
RESERVE
Extraction
Treatment
PRODUCT
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
2014 Letšeng (Plant 1 and 2) reserve performance*
Letšeng Plant 1 and 2 reserves returned a net gain on expected values in 2014
Actual
Expected
Grade (carat per
hundred tonnes)
Revenue
(US$/carat)
1.80
1.68
+7%
2 591
2 315
+12%
* The expected 2014 reserve performance measurement indicators detailed above are based on 2014 reserve estimates as per the 2014 reserve statement
summarised later in this section.
2014 Contractor Plant reserve performance*
Contractor Plant reserves returned a net gain on expected values in 2014
Actual
Expected
Grade (carat per
hundred tonnes)
Revenue
(US$/carat)
0.97
0.94
+3%
1 972
1 931
+2%
* The expected 2014 reserve performance measurement indicators detailed above are based on 2014 reserve estimates as per the 2014 reserve statement
summarised later in this section.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
35
MINERAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT continued
Key points on 2014 Letšeng reserve performance
Plant 1 and 2 reserve grade was 7% above that expected from the ore mined. This over-performance was a result of
increased recovery of fine diamonds through improved liberation and improved dilution control.
Plant 1 and 2 US$ per carat reserve revenues outperformed 2014 expected values by 12%. This over-performance
was mainly due to the improved recovery of large Type II diamonds. Market prices flattened at the end of the year
after going up by 15% during the year.
Contractor Plant reserve grade was 3% above that expected from the ore mined. The US$ per carat reserve revenues
outperformed 2014 expected values by 2%.
Historical performance trends
Letšeng ore provenance
100
50
0
2012
Diamond price performance
4 000
t
a
r
a
c
r
e
p
$
S
U
3 000
2 000
1 000
2013
Main pipe
Satellite pipe
2014
2012
2013
2014
Actual diamond price
Expected diamond price
WWW Rough Diamond Index
36
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Grade performance – Plant 1 and 2
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
e
n
n
o
t
0
0
1
r
e
p
s
t
a
r
a
C
2012
2013
2014
Actual grade
Expected grade
Grade performance – Contractor Plant
e
n
n
o
t
0
0
1
r
e
p
s
t
a
r
a
C
1.60
1.40
1.20
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
2012
2013
2014
Actual grade
Expected grade
The graphs above illustrate that, notwithstanding short-term variability, the long-term predictability is continually improving as a result of
initiatives undertaken.
2014 Ghaghoo reserve performance
Steady state production mining will only commence in 2015 and as such reserve performance measurements will start then.
Mineral resource development
Key points on Letšeng resource development
Good progress was made in discrete production sampling of the individual ore phases that commenced
during 2013. A total of 1 583 271 tonnes of discrete samples were taken, which represents 29% of the available
production days.
The 2013/2014 resource drilling programme was completed. 3D resource models are currently being updated to
incorporate this work.
Encouraging results from initial microdiamond analysis.
2014 Letšeng resource development
The 2013/14 core drilling programme, largely aimed at improving the resolution and understanding of the upper portions of the resource,
has been successfully completed. A total of 8 075 metres were drilled with 17 holes, 10 in the Main pipe and seven in the Satellite pipe.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
37
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
MINERAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT continued
Positions of the 2013/14 drill holes
ROCK TYPE
(cid:132) [BASALT]
(cid:132) [K4]
(cid:132) [K6]
(cid:132) [KB]
(cid:132) [KMAIN]
(cid:132) [NVK]
(cid:132) [OLD_HOLE]
(cid:132) [RAFT]
(cid:132) [SVK]
classification of approximately 350 metres
below the current mine pits on both Satellite
and Main pipe orebodies.
This increase in the indicated resource
base is a result of improved confidence in
the resource through infill drilling
programmes, improved estimation
techniques and detailed geological studies.
This extension has not only resulted in a
significant increase in the indicated
resource tonnage and contained carats but
has also allowed for a significant increase in
the Letšeng probable reserves, with the
entire 22 year life of mine plan now
classified as reserve.
Geological model improvement
External consultants have been engaged to
further the understanding of the geology,
petrography and emplacement models of
both Letšeng pipes. This work will be
incorporated in the 2013/14 drill holes and
is expected to be completed by the end
of 2015.
Also at Letšeng, initial results from
microdiamond analysis have been received
from a one tonne sample taken in the Main
pipe for comparison with the historical
De Beers results. The results were very
encouraging with approximately three
times the microdiamond grade being
recovered compared to the historical
results. Analysis of these initial results by
an industry expert indicated that
microdiamonds can be used at Letšeng to
predict grade (and possibly even revenue)
at depth. Further samples are planned and
budgeted for in 2015 to further develop
this understanding.
2014 Ghaghoo resource
development
No resource development work was
conducted on the Ghaghoo asset
during 2014.
Mineral resource and reserve
statements
Letšeng indicated resource base
increases substantially
Mineral resources were re-estimated in
2014 with an effective statement date
of 1 January 2014. The resource and
reserve statements are available on
the Gem Diamonds website:
www.gemdiamonds.com under the
Investors section.
The updated 2014 statement reflects a
significant increase in the Letšeng indicated
resource category, which has been
extended in depth from approximately
100 metres beneath the current pit bottoms
(in previous statements) to a new depth
38
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
The resources are stated inclusive of reserves and are stated as gross resources and reserves.
Gem Diamonds summary resource and reserve statement as at 1 January 2014
Resource
Probable reserves
Indicated resources
Inferred resources
Total resources
Ownership
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Letšeng
Lesotho
Ghaghoo
Botswana
Total
70%
131.9
1.71
2.26
2 045
187.1
1.73
3.23
2 086
106.8
1.67
1.78
2 051
293.9
1.71
5.01
2 073
100%
7.5
27.81
2.08
267
79.4
19.51
15.49
242
28.8
139.4
3.11
4.34
1 191
266.5
7.03
18.72
560
135.6
17.52
5.03
5.04
6.82
239
108.2
18.98
20.53
712
402.1
6.35
25.54
241
601
Gem Diamonds summary resource and reserve statement as at 1 January 2013
Resource
Probable reserves
Indicated resources
Inferred resources
Total resources
Ownership
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Ore
(mT)
Grade
(cts/100T)
Carats
(m) US$/ct
Letšeng
Lesotho
Ghaghoo
Botswana
Total
70%
78.9
1.75
1.38
1 715
80.8
1.76
1.42
2 185
220.9
1.75
3.86
2 194
301.7
1.75
5.29
2 192
100%
7.5
86.4
27.81
2.08
246
79.4
19.51
15.49
222
28.8
17.52
5.04
220
108.2
18.98
20.53
4.01
3.46
831
160.2
10.56
16.92
388
249.7
3.57
8.90
1 076
409.8
6.30
25.82
222
625
Key changes to the resource
– The Letšeng indicated resource base has increased in tonnage by 132%, to a total of 187.1 million tonnes, from a previous total of
80.8 million tonnes. This represents an addition of over 100 million tonnes to the indicated resource category.
– The Letšeng indicated resource base has increased in carat terms by 127%, to a total of 3.23 million carats, from a previous total of
1.42 million carats.
Key changes to the reserve
– The Letšeng probable reserves have increased in tonnage by 67%, to a total of 131.9 million tonnes, from a previous total of
78.9 million tonnes.
– The Letšeng probable reserves have increased in carat terms by 64%, to a total of 2.26 million carats, from a previous total of
1.38 million carats.
– The average diamond price for the Letšeng probable reserves has increased by 19% to US$2 045 per carat, from a previous average of
US$1 715 per carat. This improved average reserve price reflects increased market pricing and improved recovery of large high-value
Type II diamonds.
Auditing and compliance
Gem Diamonds’ resources and reserves estimates were prepared in compliance with the SAMREC code under the supervision of the
Group MRM Executive, Mr Andrew Allan, Pr Sci Nat (400127/11). Venmyn Deloitte independently reviewed and signed off the resources
and reserves.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
39
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW
Gem Diamonds seeks to maximise the value of its assets through the mining,
manufacturing and selling of diamonds and regards the well-being of people
and the environment as a key priority. Our sustainable development approach
is based on our moral obligation to do the right thing, both in the letter and the
spirit of the law, within the context of the overall business strategy.
Creating sustainable value
Gem Diamonds’ subsidiaries contribute to
the economies of their host countries by
complying with legal requirements such as
the payment of statutory taxes and the
fulfilment of other financial obligations
such as royalties. The Group is also
committed to creating a lasting and
positive legacy that extends beyond the
legal requirements of a country. This
commitment has resulted in the
establishment of socio-economic
programmes primarily aimed at
infrastructure, education and maximising
the benefit associated with employment
through small and medium enterprises
(SMEs). Furthermore, the Group
endeavours to create value in-country
though its policies of local procurement
and employment.
Group-wide local
contributions 2014
US$ million
Project affected community-
based purchasing/
procurement
Regional-based purchasing/
procurement
Total in-country purchasing/
procurement
Project affected community-
based local employee costs
Regionally based local
employee costs
Total in-country-based local
employee costs
Total in-country purchasing/
procurement and total
employee costs
4.2
37.8
139.3
2.6
4.4
32.9
172.2
Governance
Gem Diamonds is listed on the London
Stock Exchange and has committed to
adhere to rigorous and widely recognised
international standards of best practice
relating to financial, corporate governance
and corporate social responsibility aspects
and has implemented appropriate HSSE
policies, procedures and management
systems throughout its operations. Annual
assessments of the operations are
conducted to identify any possible areas of
non-compliance and to outline a strategy
to ensure ongoing compliance. The
operations have dedicated and committed
management structures that facilitate
co-operative and transparent
communication throughout the business
as well as providing required assurance to
the operational boards.
The Gem Diamonds HSSE Committee
reports directly to Gem Diamonds’ Board of
Directors and provides assurance to the
Board with regard to the appropriateness
and adequacy of HSSE management at
operations. The Gem Diamonds HSSE
Committee supports the operations
through the setting of Group policies as
well as standards and strategic guidance
with regard to HSSE matters.
Gem Diamonds is continually reviewing
and refining its policies and procedures
relating to anti-bribery and corruption. In
2014, no cases of bribery, corruption,
anti-competitive behaviour, and anti-trust
or monopoly practices were brought
against the Group or any of its subsidiaries.
Gem Diamonds makes no financial
contributions to political parties,
politicians or any other politically affiliated
structures, as is outlined in the Gem
Diamonds governance policies. All
financial contributions made to host
country governments relate to regulatory
taxes and other legal financial obligations
such as royalties.
Gem Diamonds has produced its seventh
Sustainable Development Report as a
stand alone report, which can be accessed
from the Gem Diamonds website.
The Sustainable Development Report is
based on the framework as defined by the
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and
outlines the sustainable development
framework applied by Gem Diamonds, as
well as actions that the Group has
implemented at its operations in order to
ensure the long-term sustainability of
the business.
The Sustainable Development Review
below comprises a brief summary of the
progress made in 2014 in ensuring
sustainable business.
Our approach to
sustainability
Gem Diamonds acknowledges the
importance of integrating sustainability
throughout its business strategy. In order
to derive the greatest benefit for its people
and environment, the Group has
implemented internationally recognised
guidelines and standards and identified
further areas of integration throughout the
Group’s operations.
Gem Diamonds strives to minimise its
impact on economic, social and ecological
systems, and follows a management
approach based on a strict code of morals
and ethics. This philosophy benefits future
and current generations in a responsible
and sustainable manner. Gem Diamonds’
operations, as a minimum requirement, are
required to comply with all host country
legislation regarding HSSE business
management. Operations are also required
to implement international best practice
standards and assess their compliance
thereto. The implementation of these
measures ensures that the Group’s
operations operate in a socially responsible
manner that benefits society as a whole.
40
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Compliance with
international standards
In addition to adhering to host country
legislation, appropriate best practice
standards and guidelines are incorporated
into management standards. The Group’s
operational HSSE management systems
are based on the principles of the
internationally applied British Standard
for occupational health and safety
management systems, OHSAS 18001, and
the International Standards Organisation’s
standard on Environmental Management
Systems, ISO 14001.
The GRI serves as the Group’s sustainability
reporting guidelines on all material
business matters.
Our employees
Creating a safe and healthy work
environment
Gem Diamonds regards its employees as a
key asset and sets the health and safety of
its workforce as its highest priority. The
Group actively promotes the creation
of a caring, safe and healthy working
environment in order to protect its
employees and continues to build a culture
of zero tolerance for non-conformance to
safe, sustainable and responsible practices.
Gem Diamonds’ health and safety
management systems, which are based on
both the principles of OHSAS 18001 and
relevant international best practice
standards, are independently audited
on an annual basis in order to ensure
continuously improved performance.
Gem Diamonds reported five LTIs across
the Group in 2014, one of which,
regrettably, was a fatality at Ghaghoo,
where on 11 January, a fall of ground
incident resulted in the death of Mr
Segolame Mashumba. A further three LTIs
occurred at Ghaghoo and one at Letšeng.
These incidents were extensively
investigated and appropriate measures
were implemented to avoid future similar
incidents. The Group-wide LTIFR for 2014
was 0.20, an increase from 0.13 recorded
for 2013 and exceeding the Group target of
zero. The 2014 Group-wide AIFR of 3.01 was
well under the Group’s ceiling value of 4.00.
The Group continued to focus on the
proactive management of health and
safety. The focus on proactive management
of health and safety was initiated in 2013,
and further strengthened in 2014 when
various measures, including proactive
serious disease management and
behaviour based safety initiatives, were
implemented. There were 62 357 safety
management actions during the year,
which shows a significant increase from
the 45 512 actions implemented in 2013.
The Group believes that concentrated
efforts on the proactive management of
safety will assist in its pursuit of zero harm.
Gem Diamonds’ aims to assist employees
by offering treatment, education and
training as well as counselling services
where necessary. This practice extends its
health management efforts beyond mere
occupational concerns. The Group also
conducts environmental and serious
disease management programmes to
address the total well-being of its
employees. The Group’s health
management programmes are in various
stages of maturity at the operations and
are being continuously improved.
Gem Diamonds’ goal remains to achieve
zero harm in a sustainable manner, and
continues to refine and improve its health
and safety management systems.
Attracting, retaining and
developing our employees
Gem Diamonds understands that its
workforce plays a key role in achieving
operational excellence. The Group
therefore aims to engage, develop and
retain first class employees and is
committed to developing and growing the
depth of its capabilities by resourcing
appropriately. At year end, Gem Diamonds
employed 449 own and 1 389 contractor
employees. Absenteeism trends and staff
turnover are continuously monitored
across all operations in order to improve
retention rates and better understand
employee needs. The Group-wide
absenteeism rate decreased to 0.90 in
2014 from 1.39 in 2013. Staff turnover
across the Group decreased to 5% from
15% in 2013, with significant improvement
seen at Ghaghoo as the mine transitioned
into a steady-state operation.
Gem Diamonds implements and supports
employee development programmes
aimed at skills and career development.
The Group recorded a 42% increase in
hours per capita vocational training in
comparison to 2013. Letšeng recorded a
45% increase while Ghaghoo recorded a
15% increase in hours per capita training.
Training at operations is provided via
internal and external mechanisms and the
Group remains committed to furthering
the skills, growth and development of
its workforce.
Performing annual career reviews at all of
the operations remains a goal across the
Group. Regrettably, there was a decrease in
the number of employees who underwent
career reviews in 2014: 14% compared with
16% in 2013. Work is ongoing to increase
the number of career reviews conducted in
the future.
Gem Diamonds is an equal opportunity
employer and has a zero tolerance for
discrimination on any basis. This is clearly
outlined in the Group’s Code of Ethics. Zero
cases of discrimination were recorded for
the third consecutive year. Even though
Gem Diamonds is sensitive to gender
issues and the empowerment of women,
no women currently serve on the Gem
Diamonds’ Board. Letšeng, however, is
headed up by a female Chief Executive
Officer, Ms Mazvi Maharasoa. The Group
retained a female staff complement of
18% in 2014, a decrease from 19.5% in
2013. This is due to an increase in
employee numbers at Ghaghoo, of which
the majority were male.
Women
Men
Board members
Senior management
Group employees
total in 2014
0
14
9
104
325
1 513
All Gem Diamonds employees are
remunerated in line with market-related
rates. The lowest graded employees are
compensated well in excess of the host
country’s minimum legislated wage. The
Group offers relevant benefits and
incentives to its employees over and
above the normal salaries payable.
Our social and relationship
capital
The ultimate goal of Gem Diamonds is to
mine its diamonds in such a way that
promotes socially desirable developmental
outcomes – including the reduction of
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
41
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW continued
poverty, capacity building, empowerment
and the creation of job opportunities.
Gem Diamonds supports localisation of
its workforce. In 2014, 92% of Letšeng’s
workforce comprised Basotho nationals,
and 93% of Ghaghoo’s workforce
comprised Batswana nationals. Gem
Diamonds endeavours to continually refine
policies, processes and procedures to
further the human rights of its employees.
A total of 122 hours of human rights
training was provided to employees in
2014. None of Gem Diamonds’ operations
and/or facilities are unionised, and labour
relations at all operations remained stable
throughout the Group during the year.
Gem Diamonds recognises freedom of
association as a core right of each
employee. The Group experienced no
strikes or lockouts during 2014.
The Group’s strategy, business focus and
value system combine to support the
Group’s conviction that diamond mining is,
first and foremost, about the sustainable
benefits stakeholders derive from this
practice. Culturally appropriate CSI
programmes, based on detailed needs
analyses, were implemented by the
operating mines in the communities in
which they operate. In 2014 the Group-
wide contribution towards CSI initiatives
amounted to US$0.6 million, compared to
US$0.5 million in 2013. Education formed
the main thrust of CSI initiatives during the
year; however, investment was also made
towards infrastructure development and
environmental protection.
Gem Diamonds invested US$0.1 million
during the year in South Africa and
Lesotho. The majority of this expenditure
was allocated to the Sentebale Charity in
Lesotho, which helps vulnerable children
and victims of the HIV/Aids epidemic.
Building on the successful completion of
the 2011 – 2013 CSI programme in 2013,
Letšeng commenced with its 2014 – 2016
CSI programme in 2014. Based on a needs
analysis, this CSI strategy outlined various
projects that would benefit Letšeng’s
project affected communities. The majority
of Letšeng’s CSI expenditure went towards
infrastructure development, small and
medium enterprise development and
education. During the year, Letšeng
invested US$0.3 million towards
community investment projects. This
42
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
investment is anticipated to increase in
2015 in line with the maturity of the
CSI plan and as more projects are
implemented.
Based on a needs analysis, Ghaghoo
expanded on its CSI activity to include
various additional investment projects and
initiatives whilst maintaining ongoing
communication with its project affected
communities. Ghaghoo invested
US$0.2 million towards CSI projects with
the majority of investment being made
towards education and health. The
operation will be expanding its CSI
strategy further in 2015.
Both Ghaghoo and Letšeng afforded
employment opportunities to unskilled
and appropriately skilled labour from
their respective project affected
communities. This resulted in an
approximate US$2.6 million capital
injection into these largely unemployed
communities through temporary and
permanent employment. By year end
18% of Letšeng’s and 19% of Ghaghoo’s
employees originated from project
affected communities.
No resettlement of communities was
undertaken during 2014 and it is not
anticipated to be necessary at any future
time for any of the current operations.
2014 marks the sixth consecutive year of
Gem Diamonds achieving zero recorded
major stakeholder incidents. The Group
seeks to maintain open, transparent,
respectful and mutually beneficial
relations with its neighbours and all
other stakeholders.
Our environment
Environmental protection forms a
cornerstone of the Group’s strategy and as
environmental custodian, Gem Diamonds
has implemented comprehensive
environmental management programmes
at its mining operations. The Group
follows a precautionary approach aimed
at mitigating the environmental
impacts associated with its diamond
mining activities.
Any mining activity undertaken is
subjected to an extensive Social and
Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA).
The SEIA process takes account of relevant
international best practice standards and
guidelines such as the International
Finance Corporation environmental, health
and safety guidelines for mining and the
Equator principles. The ultimate goal of
undertaking SEIAs at Group operations is to
identify, minimise, mitigate and manage
any potential impacts on the environment
as a result of mining.
Environmental impacts, which result from
mining activities, are managed through an
extensive and dynamic management
system that is continuously updated to
ensure that the most appropriate
management approach is employed.
Environmental performance of the
operations are monitored throughout their
lifecycles and informs the management
approach, facilitates compliance with
regulations and informs stakeholders
as to the Group’s endeavours to protect
natural heritage.
During 2014, Gem Diamonds invested
US$1.0 million towards environmental
protection. Initiatives undertaken at its
operations included, amongst others, the
training of staff and community members,
specialist research and consultation,
development of environmental protection
measures and the purchase of
environmentally friendly technology.
No significant or major environmental
incidents were recorded during the year.
However, there was an increase in the
number of minor environmental incidents
in comparison with 2013. This increase
can be attributed to intensified mining
activity at Ghaghoo as well as
environmental awareness campaigns at
the operations, which resulted in higher
levels of incident reporting.
Planning for future rehabilitation of land
leased by Gem Diamonds’ operations is a
key priority in order to achieve the Group’s
goal of conducting business in a
sustainable manner. The Group leases
6 174 ha of land of which 38.95 ha was
newly disturbed by mining activities during
the year bringing the total disturbed land
leased by Gem Diamonds to 548.49 ha. The
Group continued with the annual review
and improvement of comprehensive
rehabilitation plans for its mining
operations. Letšeng continued with
extensive rehabilitation trials, which were
initiated in 2012, in order to determine the
feasibility and success of its planned
rehabilitation strategies.
Water resources are under threat globally
due to industrial development, population
growth and ongoing pollution. Gem
Diamonds recognises the importance of
protecting valuable natural resources like
water, and has therefore undertaken
extensive programmes to understand and
mitigate the impact of its operations on
the quality and quantity of this precious
resource. The Group monitors the quality
of water at both of its operations and
trends are accessed and addressed as, and
when, required.
Water quality challenges addressed in 2014
include pollution prevention, treatment of
point of source contamination and the
management and minimisation of nitrate
levels observed in the water at Letšeng.
Utmost care is taken at the operations to
ensure that any water leaving the mine
lease area is of an acceptable quality.
Waste generated by the Group’s operations
includes domestic and general waste from
on-site accommodation and office facilities,
restricted amounts of hazardous waste
such as used oils and lubricants, sewage
effluent, medical waste and a significant
amount of mineral waste. Each of the
Group’s operations have implemented
waste management plans to minimise the
volume of waste generated, avoid
environmental pollution and at the very
least comply with host country legislation.
All on-site mineral waste structures are
designed, maintained and managed in
compliance with host country legislation
and according to international best
practice standards. The volume of mineral
waste generated at Letšeng increased in
line with the mine plan and decreased at
Ghaghoo in comparison to 2013, as mining
progressed into one development.
Gem Diamonds understands that in an
ever-changing global context, where
natural resources such as water and fossil
fuel are becoming increasingly strained, it
is important to conduct business in such a
way that it will reduce business reliance on
natural resources to increase the resilience
of the organisation. Gem Diamonds
continually identifies process optimisation
initiatives, and introduces environmental
progressive technology to reduce the
reliance on, and consumption of natural
resources.
A Group-wide reduced dependency on
natural resources would potentially enable
greater access to natural resources by local
communities and other businesses.
Reduced natural resource consumption
holds notable cost benefits and substantial
benefits for the environment.
The Group’s total energy consumption
increased during the year as a result of
increased mining activities at both
operations. The Group measures energy
intensity per carat to better understand
operational energy consumption patterns
and to identify possible energy efficiency
opportunities. The Group-wide energy
intensity remained stable in comparison
with 2013, increasing by only 1% in spite
of the increased mining activities.
The Group saw a 31% increase in water
consumption in 2014, which can be
attributed to increased surface water
reliance at Letšeng. Site-specific water
consumption at Letšeng increased by
34% in 2014 to a total of 5.3 million cubic
metres, this increase can be attributed to
very dry winter conditions and increased
mining activities. However, water
consumption at Ghaghoo remained
consistent at 0.5 million cubic metres.
Gem Diamonds undertakes an annual
carbon footprint assessment in order to
gain a better understanding of the impact
of Group activities on global greenhouse
gas emissions. The annual assessment
assists the Group in identifying emission
reduction opportunities. Following the
2013 carbon footprint assessment, the
Group formulated a comprehensive
greenhouse gas emissions reductions
strategy for future implementation. The
total carbon footprint reported for the
Group during 2014 was 138 046 tonnes
CO2e. This includes direct Greenhouse Gas
Emissions (Scope 1), indirect Greenhouse
Gas Emissions (Scope 2) as well as material
Scope 3 Emissions.
Product integrity
Gem Diamonds regards product quality
and client satisfaction as a business
imperative and is proud of its track record
of supplying its clients with natural
diamonds of the highest product integrity.
To this end, the Group has developed a
strong culture of corporate integrity and
good corporate governance measures in
accordance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code.
The Group complies with the provisions of
the Kimberley Process industry standard
and all rough diamonds are certified in
terms of the Kimberley Process certification
scheme. Letšeng undergoes an
independent annual audit conducted by
the Kimberley Process team and the Group
has remained fully compliant since its
inception in 2006.
The Group’s full production of rough
diamonds is exported bearing the original
Kimberley Process certificate stamp of
approval to ensure best practice and
quality assurance. Strict controls are
applied to ensure the Group’s diamonds
reach the targeted markets through the
correct channels, and trade with Gem
Diamonds is by invitation only.
Potential clients are identified subject to
a strict screening process and selected
clients are assessed to confirm and validate
their good standing and compliance with
internal and external anti-money
laundering and anti-bribery and corruption
protocols. Trust relationships are developed
and maintained with clients and other
stakeholders through continuous and
transparent communication practices,
which also form an integral part of the
marketing and sales process.
Extensive diamond viewing opportunities
are made available to clients prior to the
conclusion of a tender and no warranties in
respect of the diamonds are issued. Client
confidentiality is respected in all instances
and all tenders are governed by tender
conditions that are agreed on by all clients.
A complete list of the winning bids is
electronically circulated to all tender
participants on close of the tender, thus
ensuring that the tender process is
transparent and fair.
Diamond theft poses a major risk for the
Group’s operations and management of
security and theft prevention are seriously
considered by the Group. Risk profile
assessments are an ongoing practice at all
operations and recognised specialists and
insurers are engaged on a regular basis to
assess the status of the Group’s security
management systems and solutions to
ensure that the Group’s production
remains secure.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
43
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The Group is exposed to a number of risks and uncertainties that could
have a material impact on its performance and long-term development.
The effective identification, management and mitigation of these risks and
uncertainties are a core focus of the Group, as they are key to the Company’s
objectives and strategy being achieved. Central to Gem Diamonds’ approach to
risk management is having the right Board and Senior Management team in
place, with such members combining extensive experience of diamond mining,
corporate governance, risk management and the local operating conditions in
Lesotho and Botswana.
Risk management is the overall responsibility of the Board, assisted primarily by the Audit and HSSE Committees, who together identify and
assess any change in risk exposure, together with the potential financial and non-financial impacts and likelihood of occurrence.
Given the long-term nature of the Group’s mining operations, the Group’s risks are unlikely to alter significantly on a yearly basis. However,
inevitably the level of risk can change, as could the Group’s risk appetite. The Board and its committees have identified the following key
risks. This is not an exhaustive list, but rather a list of the most material risks facing the Group. The impact of these risks individually or
collectively could potentially affect the ability of the Group to operate profitably and generate positive cash flows in the medium to long
term. As a result, these risks are actively monitored and managed, as detailed below in no order of priority.
Description and impact
Mitigation
2014 actions and outcomes
Market risks
Rough diamond prices
Numerous factors beyond the control
of the Group may affect the price
and demand of diamonds. These factors
include international economic and
political trends, as well as
consumer trends.
The funding of growth plans could also
be adversely affected by constrained
cash flows impacted by negative
market conditions.
Market conditions are continually
monitored to identify current trends that
will pose a threat or create an opportunity
for the Group. The Group has flexibility in its
sales processes and the ability to reassess its
capital projects and operational strategies in
light of current market conditions to
preserve cash balances.
Strict treasury management procedures are
also in place to monitor cash and capital
projects expenditure.
The market for rough and polished
diamonds firmed over the first three
quarters in 2014 before softening in the
final quarter as a result of recent concerns
over bank lending and liquidity. Despite
this, diamond prices achieved
outperformed the mineral reserve prices,
improving Group revenues.
Operational efficiency initiatives and
current projects in the form of the new
Coarse Recovery Plant and Plant 2 Phase 1
upgrade are geared to providing increased
revenue and margin.
The Group has a strong balance sheet with
cash reserves of US$110* million plus
existing undrawn facilities of US$42* million.
* As at 31 December 2014.
Operational risks
Mineral resource risk
The Group’s mineral resources influence
the operational mine plans and affect
the generation of sufficient margins.
Under-performance of its mineral
resources could affect the Group’s ability
to operate profitably in the medium to
long term.
Various bulk sampling programmes
combined with geological mapping and
modelling methods significantly improve
the Group’s understanding of and
confidence in the mineral resources and
assist in optimising the mining thereof.
Letšeng resource drilling and bulk sampling
programmes were successfully completed
during the year. The results of these
programmes together with other geological
work have resulted in a significant increase
in the indicated resource category and
probable reserves. The entire open pit life of
mine plan is now classified as reserve.
44
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Description and impact
Mitigation
2014 actions and outcomes
Operational risks continued
A major production interruption
The Group may experience material
mine and/or plant shutdowns or periods
of decreased production due to a
number of different events. Any such
event could negatively affect the Group’s
operations and impact both profitability
and cash flows.
The Group continually reviews the
likelihood and consequence of possible
different events and ensures that the
appropriate management controls,
processes and business continuity plans
are in place to mitigate this risk.
Diamond theft
Theft is an inherent risk factor in the
diamond industry.
Security measures are constantly reviewed
and implemented in order to minimise
this risk.
Diamond damage
Letšeng’s valuable Type II diamonds are
highly susceptible to damage during the
mining and recovery process and the
opportunity to reduce such damage
creates potential upside for the Group.
Diamond damage is regularly monitored
and analysed. Continuous studies are
conducted to further implement
modifications and identify opportunities
to reduce such damage.
Expansion and project delivery
The Group’s growth strategy is based
on delivery of expansion projects,
premised on various studies, cost
indications and future market
assumptions. In assessing the viability,
costs and implementation of these
projects, risks concerning cost overruns
and/or delays may affect the effective
implementation and execution thereof.
Project governance structures have been
implemented to ensure that the projects
are monitored and risks managed at an
appropriate level.
Flexibility in the execution of projects allows
the Group to react quickly to changes in
market and operational conditions.
Letšeng sources its power through the
Lesotho Electricity Corporation, which in
turn is sourced from the South African
electricity provider, Eskom, who have had
challenges in providing consistent power in
South Africa and neighbouring dependent
states. In light of this, improvements in
power monitoring and the provision of
backup power supply were undertaken at
Letšeng, reducing the impact of lengthy
outages.
In addition, a review of critical spares for the
treatment plants; improved sidewall control;
and geotechnical monitoring during the
year were undertaken, which further
mitigate possible production down time.
Following significant water ingress
at Ghaghoo in July, improved water
handling and management systems have
been introduced.
The new Coarse Recovery Plant, which
incorporates enhanced security features,
is well under way and on target to be
completed by the end of the second
quarter of 2015. Upgrades to the existing
security systems and facilities continued
at Letšeng throughout the year.
The Phase 1 capital project at Ghaghoo was
completed and included appropriate
diamond security systems and facilities.
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Building on the success of the new crushers
installed in the prior year, numerous further
initiatives continue to be implemented with
the aim of reducing diamond damage, with
improved blasting practices having had a
significant impact. The Plant 2 Phase 1
upgrade, which was approved during the
year and on track to be completed by the
end of the first quarter of 2015, is further
aimed at reducing the impact of diamond
damage.
Studies on the Letšeng expansion projects
continued to advance during the year. The
new Coarse Recovery Plant and Plant 2
Phase 1 upgrade projects were approved
and completion thereof is anticipated on
time and within budget by the end of the
second quarter of 2015.
The Phase 1 development of Ghaghoo was
completed within budget. The initial ramp
up was delayed due to significant water
ingress, however, improved water handling
and management systems, which were
quickly introduced, have reduced the
impact of the delay and as a result, the mine
is on track for delivery by the end of the first
half of 2015.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
45
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued
Description and impact
Mitigation
2014 actions and outcomes
Operational risks continued
HSSE-related risks
The risk that a major health, safety,
social or environmental incident may
occur within the Group is inherent in
mining operations.
While the Group’s overall safety
performance remains satisfactory,
a fatality was recorded at the Ghaghoo
underground mine.
Letšeng and Ghaghoo maintained their
five-star and four-star ratings respectively
for their external HSSE audits.
Corporate social investment into the
Group’s project affected communities
continued throughout the year.
The Group has reviewed and published
policies in this regard and significant
resources have been allocated to
continuously improve, review, recommend,
implement and monitor compliance
throughout the various operations within
the Group. This is overseen by the HSSE
Committee of the Board.
Further to this, the Group engages
independent third parties to review and
provide assurance on processes currently
in place.
The Group actively participates and invests
in corporate social initiatives and the
involvement of members of the
communities who sit on the respective
corporate social responsibility committees
is critical to the success thereof.
Strategic risks
Political risks
The political environments of the various
jurisdictions that the Group operates
within may adversely impact the ability
to operate effectively and profitably.
Emerging market economies are
generally subject to greater risks,
including regulatory and political risk, and
are potentially subject to rapid change.
Changes to the political environment and
regulatory developments are closely
monitored. Where necessary, the Group
engages in dialogue with relevant
government representatives in order to
remain well informed of all legal and
regulatory developments impacting its
operations and to build relationships.
Political unrest was experienced during the
year in Lesotho; however no disruptions
were experienced at the Letšeng mine. The
Group took part in its ongoing dialogues
with representative stakeholders, gaining
insight into the progress and status of the
political developments leading up to the
elections in February 2015. The Group
further implemented specific procedures to
mitigate the impact of any unrest. There
were no strikes or lockouts during the year
at either operation.
An intensified effort is being made to invest
in the development of existing identified
key employees through structured training
and development programmes. Extensive
engagements with respective government
departments are ongoing as part of the
effort to develop plans for local upskilling.
A review and amendments of remuneration
policies and the Employee Share Option
Plan (ESOP) were implemented during the
year. The amendments to the ESOP
incorporated a broader base of participants.
The Group’s human resources practices,
which are regularly reviewed, are designed
to identify areas of skills shortages, and
actions such as development programmes
are implemented to mitigate such risks. In
addition, these practices are designed to
attract, incentivise and retain individuals
of the appropriate calibre through
performance-based bonus schemes and
long-term reward and retention schemes.
The impact of the exchange rates and
fluctuations are closely monitored. It is the
Group’s policy to hedge a portion of future
diamond sales when weakness in the local
currencies indicates it to be appropriate.
Such contracts are generally short term
in nature.
Local currencies in the jurisdictions in which
the Group operates have weakened against
the US dollar during the year. This has had a
positive impact on the Group’s results.
Numerous hedges were taken out in the
latter part of the year to take advantage of
the weakened currencies.
Retention of key personnel and skills
shortages
The successful achievement of the Group’s
objectives and sustainable growth
depends on its ability to attract and retain
key suitably qualified and experienced
personnel, especially in an environment
and industry where skills shortages are
prevalent and in jurisdictions where
localisation policies exist.
A global review for qualified and
experienced Lesotho citizens undertaken
during the year confirmed this skills
shortage.
Financial risks
Exchange rates
The Group receives its revenue in US
dollars, while its cost base is incurred in
local currencies of the various countries
within which the Group operates. The
weakening of the US dollar relative to
these local currencies and the volatility of
these currencies trading against the US
dollar will impact the Group’s profitability.
46
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
SIGN OFF OF OUR STRATEGIC REPORT
Our Strategic Report, as set out on pages 2 to 46, has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2015.
Roger Davis
Non-Executive Chairman
16 March 2015
24
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
w
e
i
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
47
GOVERNANCE
48
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Robust corporate governance supports
the Group’s ability to create value for its
stakeholders.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
49
DIRECTORATE
Non-Executive Directors
ROGER DAVIS
(58)
Non-Executive Chairman
MA (Oxon)
Roger spent eight years
at Barclays, latterly as the
Chief Executive Officer of
the UK banking operation
and as a member of the
Board of Barclays Plc. Under
his leadership, the UK
business was significantly
restructured. Prior to
that, he spent 10 years in
investment banking in
London and held various
positions in China and
India for Flemings and
BZW. Roger started his
career with a
12-year service in the
British Army. Roger
is currently the non-
Executive Chairman of
Sainsbury’s Bank Plc and of
GRC Limited, and is also a
non-Executive Director at
Experian Plc.
Appointed
Roger was appointed as
Chairman of the Gem
Diamonds Board in
February 2007.
Key skills and
experience
Commercial and
capital markets and
public company board
governance.
Board committee
membership
Audit, Remuneration and
Nominations Committees.
MIKE SALAMON
(59)
GAVIN BEEVERS
(65)
RICHARD WILLIAMS
MBE MC (48)
DAVE ELZAS
(48)
Senior Independent
Director
BSc (Mining Engineering)
(University of the
Witwatersrand); MBA
(London Business School)
Mike is a mining engineer
with an MBA and has over
30 years’ experience in the
mining sector. He was a
founding Director of Billiton
and was instrumental in
Billiton’s IPO on the London
Stock Exchange in 1997 and
the subsequent merger
with BHP in 2001. Mike
retired from his position as
Executive Director at BHP
Billiton in 2006. Thereafter,
Mike was appointed
Executive Chairman of
New World Resources and
led its IPO on the London
Stock Exchange in 2008. He
retired from this position in
2012 and is a non-Executive
Director of Ferrexpo Plc.
Appointed
Mike was appointed to the
Gem Diamonds Board in
February 2008.
Key skills and
experience
Operational mining,
projects, health and safety,
sustainability, corporate
social responsibility and
capital markets.
Board committee
membership
Nominations, HSSE and
Remuneration Committees.
Non-Executive Director
BSc Hons (Mechanical
Engineering) (Lancaster
Polytechnic)
Gavin was the Director of
Operations at De Beers
from April 2000 until his
retirement in 2004. He had
joined De Beers in 1979
and was based in Botswana
for 11 years. Thereafter, he
was appointed Assistant
General Manager at De
Beers Marine in Cape Town
until 1994, whereafter he
returned to Botswana as
General Manager at the
Orapa and Lethlakane
mines. From January 1996
to March 2000, Gavin held
the position of Deputy
Managing Director of
Debswana Diamond
Company.
Appointed
Gavin was appointed to
the Gem Diamonds Board
in February 2007.
Key skills and
experience
Operational mining, health
and safety, sustainability
and corporate social
responsibility.
Board committee
membership
HSSE Committee.
Non-Executive Director
BSc Economics (University
College London); MBA
(Cranfield University); MA
International Security
Studies (King’s College
London)
Richard spent 20 years in
the British Army, latterly as
the Commanding Officer
of 22 SAS Regiment,
during which time he
saw service across the
Middle East, Latin America
and Africa. Richard has
worked as an adviser to
a number of London and
New York-based financial
institutions. He is Chief
of Staff at Barrick Gold
Corporation. He is also a
strategic adviser to Olive
Company LLC, a global risk
management business.
Appointed
Richard was appointed to
the Gem Diamonds Board
in February 2008.
Key skills and
experience
Security, capital markets
and political risk.
Board committee
membership
Audit and Remuneration
Committees.
Non-Executive Director
BSc Business Engineer
(Vrije Universiteit Brussel);
Master’s in Business
and Technologies
(Handelsingenieur) (Solvay
Business School)
Dave has over 15 years’
experience in international
investment banking.
Between 1994 and
2000, Dave served as a
Senior Executive and
subsequently Managing
Director of the Beny
Steinmetz Group. Dave
is currently the Senior
Partner and Chief
Executive Officer of the
Geneva Management
Group, an international
wealth management and
financial services company
and was appointed as a
non-Executive Director of
Zanaga Iron Ore Co Limited
in November 2010.
Appointed
Dave was appointed to the
Gem Diamonds Board in
October 2005.
Key skills and
experience
Finance, diamond industry
trading and capital
markets.
Board committee
membership
Audit and Remuneration
Committees.
50
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Executive Directors
CLIFFORD ELPHICK
(54)
Chief Executive Officer
BCom (University of Cape
Town); BCompt Hons
(University of South Africa)
Clifford joined Anglo
American Corporation in
1986 and was seconded to
E. Oppenheimer and Son
as Harry Oppenheimer’s
personal assistant in 1988.
In 1990, he was appointed
Managing Director of
E. Oppenheimer and Son,
a position he held until
leaving in December
2004. During that time,
Clifford was also a Director
of Central Holdings,
Anglo American and DB
Investments. Following the
privatisation of De Beers
in 2000, Clifford served on
the De Beers Executive
Committee. Clifford is
also the non-Executive
Chairman of Zanaga
Iron Ore Co Limited and
Jumelles Holdings Limited.
Appointed
Clifford formed Gem
Diamonds in July 2005.
Key skills and
experience
Diamond and mining
industries and commercial
and capital markets.
Board committee
membership
Nominations Committee.
ALAN ASHWORTH
(60)
Chief Operating Officer
BSc (Mining Engineering)
(Nottingham University),
South African Mine
Managers Certificate of
Competency
Alan holds a BSc in Mining
Engineering and has
almost 40 years’ experience
in the mining industry.
During his career, he
has worked in various
countries, including South
Africa, Namibia, Botswana,
Guinea, Ghana, Russia,
Indonesia and Australia. He
spent 28 years within the
De Beers Group, including
four years as the General
Manager of the Namdeb
Diamond Corporation and
four years as the Group
Manager, Operations and
Head of Operations for De
Beers Consolidated Mines.
From January 2006 until
August 2007, he was the
Managing Director of Gold
Fields’ Ghana operations in
West Africa.
Appointed
Alan joined Gem
Diamonds in November
2007 and was appointed to
the Board in April 2008.
Key skills and
experience
Operational diamond
industry, mineral resource
management, mining
(surface and underground),
health and safety,
sustainability and corporate
social responsibility.
GLENN TURNER
(54)
Chief Legal and
Commercial Officer and
Company Secretary
BA LLB (University of Cape
Town); LLM (Cambridge)
Glenn was called to the
Johannesburg Bar in
1987 where he spent
14 years practicing as an
advocate specialising in
general commercial and
competition law, and took
silk in 2002. Glenn was
appointed De Beers’ first
General Counsel in 2002
and was also a member of
the Executive Committee.
Glenn was responsible for
a number of key initiatives
during his tenure, including
overseeing De Beers’
re-entry into the USA.
Appointed
Glenn joined Gem
Diamonds in May 2006
and was appointed to the
Board in April 2008.
Key skills and
experience
Diamond industry and
legal.
Board committee
membership
HSSE Committee.
MICHAEL MICHAEL
(44)
Chief Financial Officer
BCom Hons (Rand
Afrikaans University);
CA(SA)
Michael has over 20 years’
experience in financial
management. He joined
RSM Betty & Dickson in
Johannesburg, South
Africa in January 1993 and
became audit partner at
the firm in March 2000.
From August 2006 to
February 2008 Michael
was seconded to Gem
Diamonds Limited to
assist with the financial
aspects of the Main
London Listing including
the financial reporting,
management accounting
and tax relating to the
Initial Public Offering.
In March 2008 Michael
joined Gem Diamonds
on a full-time basis as the
Group Financial Manager.
On 2 April 2013 he was
promoted to the position
of Chief Financial Officer.
Appointed
Michael joined Gem
Diamonds in March 2008
and was appointed to the
Board in April 2013.
Key skills and
experience
Finance, diamond industry
and capital markets.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
51
CHAIRMAN’S OVERVIEW OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Key focus areas confirmed by the evaluation process were the Board’s
commitment to applying best practice with regard to internal and external
communication, decision-making, strategy and risk management.
It is fundamental that the Group is
managed with openness, honesty, and
transparency. This can only be achieved by
maintaining the highest standard of
corporate governance. The responsibility
for good corporate governance lies with
the Board. The Directors and I regard the
setting and maintenance of high standards
across the Group as an essential part of
our work.
The Board is ultimately responsible to
shareholders for the Group’s activities, its
strategy and financial performance, for the
efficient use of the Group’s resources and
for health, safety, social and environmental
matters. With the assistance of the Audit
Committee, the Board, therefore, approves
the Group’s governance framework and
reviews its risk management and internal
control process. I believe this leads to a
more effective Board and also facilitates
my leadership role.
During the year, our governance
framework has taken into account the
introduction, in September 2014, of
the latest additions to the UK Corporate
Governance Code (the Code) which will
be applicable to the Group in 2015. The
most significant amendments have been
to the Directors’ Remuneration and Audit
Committee Reports.
Corporate governance is embedded in the
way we organise our business, with local
boards and audit committees taking
responsibility for our operations in local
markets. This helps us to do the right
thing for our shareholders, customers,
employees, suppliers, local communities
and the environment. Therefore, while I am
ultimately responsible for the application of
the various provisions of the Code, specific
responsibility is delegated to individuals
whose task it is to ensure adoption.
These individuals include the Company
Secretary and the Chairmen of the various
committees. After eight years of service as
Company Secretary, André Confavreux
retired on 11 January 2015. Following
André’s retirement, Glenn Turner has added
52
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
the role of Company Secretary to his
current duties as Executive Director.
Board composition is very important, with
three critical dimensions:
Notwithstanding the September 2014
revision, I am pleased to confirm that
during the year the Company adhered to
the principles of the Code published in
September 2012.
During 2014, we undertook a Board
evaluation process to review the Board’s
approach to strategy, particularly in relation
to process and initiatives. The evaluation
was carried out by way of a questionnaire
administered by Bruce Wallace Associates,
an external contractor. A detailed
description of the evaluation process is
set out on pages 56 and 57.
Key focus areas confirmed by the
evaluation process were the Board’s
commitment to applying best practice
with regard to internal and external
communication, decision-making, strategy
and risk management.
In the following pages, you will find
overviews of our primary four committees,
together with detailed information
regarding their overall operation within
the governance framework.
A key concern for good corporate
governance is to eradicate bribery, fraud
and corruption. I am confident that we
now have a uniform system in place
throughout the Group, including a
programme for the system to be
monitored and reviewed on an annual
basis through our internal audit function.
We have found that in the last year our
whistleblowing hotline, used to report
suspected fraud, corruption and
irregularities, has been used more
frequently. Following investigation, none of
the cases were significant and they were
resolved without serious consequences.
– the balance of skills and experience;
– maintaining a strong level of
independence and objectivity; and
– ensuring that all members have
sufficient knowledge of the Group and
the context in which we operate.
As we act in shareholders’ interests, it is
right that shareholders have the
opportunity to vote on the re-election of
every Director on an annual basis. Some
non-Executive Directors will have served
for approximately nine years by the
holding of the 2015 AGM, which will
provide an opportunity to review our
Board composition.
I would like to take this opportunity to set
out our approach to diversity in the
boardroom. At present, our Board comprises
four Executive Directors and five non-
Executive Directors representing different
nationalities and disciplines (the detail of
which you will find in the biography for each
individual). We acknowledge the importance
of diversity, including gender, to the effective
functioning of our Board and commit to
supporting diversity in the boardroom.
We value diversity of business skills and
experience because Directors with a range of
skill sets, capabilities and experience gained
from different geographic and cultural
backgrounds, enhance the Board by
bringing a wide spectrum of perspectives to
the business. More information about our
Board diversity policy can be found under
the UK Corporate Governance Code
Compliance Report on page 57.
Looking ahead, we recognise that
corporate governance is central to our
continuing success and will strive to
maintain the high standards that we have
set to date.
We value this system, which gives staff the
opportunity to voice their concerns in a
way that draws attention to the matter,
without fearing reprisals for speaking out.
Roger Davis
Non-Executive Chairman
16 March 2015
UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE COMPLIANCE
The Board has continued to review and assess all policies and practices
throughout the organisation in light of the changes made in 2014 to the UK
Corporate Governance Code.
This report combines the Directors’ Report,
the Strategic Report and the Group’s
compliance with the principles and
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance
Code 2012 (the Code), and details the key
policies, processes and structures that
apply to the Company. It also includes
sections on the role and work of the Audit,
Remuneration, Nominations and HSSE
Committees, as required by the Disclosure
and Transparency Rules (DTR).
The Board considers it core to the Group’s
philosophy and development to comply
with the highest standard of corporate
governance best practice.
The Board has continued to review and
assess all policies and practices throughout
the organisation in light of the changes
made in 2014 to the UK Corporate
Governance Code, applicable for the
financial years beginning on or after
1 October 2014. In addition, the Board has
been kept apprised of all revisions and
market practice updates introduced by
institutional investor bodies, such as NAPF
and IMA. The Company has remained
below the FTSE 350 for the past two
consecutive financial years and, therefore,
is subject to the provisions applicable to
the smaller company regime. The Company
considers that it is compliant with all
provisions of the Code.
Board of Directors
The role of the Board
The Board is responsible for the overall
conduct of the Group’s business.
The Board is responsible for:
– setting the Group’s strategy and for
the management, direction and
performance of the business;
– monitoring and understanding the risk
environment in which the Group
operates;
– providing accountability to shareholders
for the proper conduct of the business;
– safeguarding the long-term success of
the Group and taking into consideration
the interests of all stakeholders; and
– ensuring the effectiveness of and
reporting on the system of corporate
governance.
The Board has a schedule for each Board
meeting, which includes discussion and
decision-making surrounding:
– verbal reports given by the Chairman of
each committee on the committee’s
activities;
– overall Group strategy, new business,
and long-term plans;
– operational reviews;
– major capital projects;
– latest financial reports;
– annual budget and operating plans;
– the Group’s financial structure, including
tax and treasury;
– annual and half-year financial results and
shareholder communications;
– system of internal control and risk
management; and
– administrative matters including
corporate governance issues.
The Board is responsible to shareholders for
the performance and governance of the
Group, within a framework of policies and
controls, which provide for effective risk
identification, assessment and
management, taking into account the
latest code requirements in this area.
The Board provides leadership and
articulates the Group’s objectives and
strategy to achieve those objectives. The
Board sets standards of conduct, which
provide an ethical framework for all of the
Group’s business functions. While the Board
focuses on strategic issues, such as financial
performance, risk management, and other
critical business concerns, it also has a
formal schedule of reserved matters that it
does not delegate. These reserved matters,
which are documented in a comprehensive
list of authorisation levels and prior
approval requirements for key corporate
decisions and actions, are reviewed
annually and, if appropriate, updated by
the Board. Such matters reserved for the
Board include, but are not limited to,
approval of budgets and business plans,
major capital expenditure, major
acquisitions and disposals and bank
borrowings and were last reviewed in
March 2014.
While all Directors have equal responsibility
in terms of the law for managing the
Group’s affairs, it is the role of the executive
management to run the business within
the parameters laid down by the Board and
to produce clear, accurate and timely
reports to enable the Board to monitor and
assess management’s performance. The
executive management draws on the
expertise and experience that the
non-Executive Directors bring from their
various business careers.
All Directors are free to express their views
and may ask that these be recorded in the
minutes where appropriate.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
53
UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE COMPLIANCE continued
Board composition during 2014
Name
Title
Executive Board members (4)
Held appointment
during 2014
Committee chairmen
and number of members
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
Non-Executive Board members (5)
RW Davis
GA Beevers
DJ Elzas
M Salamon
RJ Williams
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Legal and Commercial Officer
Chairman
Senior Independent Director
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Nominations (3)
HSSE (3)
Audit (3)
Remuneration (4)
The non-Executive Directors possess a
range of experience and competencies
and are able to bring independent
judgement to bear on issues of strategy,
performance, and resources that are vital to
the success of the Group.
All of the non-Executive Directors are
regarded as independent by the Board as
defined in the Code, as was the Chairman
on his appointment.
Board and committee meetings
Five scheduled Board meetings were held
during 2014, all in the United Kingdom.
Attendance by Directors at Board and
committee meetings is shown below.
There are six formally constituted
committees of the Board, each of which
has specific terms of reference. Those for
the Audit, Remuneration, Nominations
and HSSE Committees can be viewed
on the Group’s website together with
the matters reserved for the Board, at
www.gemdiamonds.com.
remaining two committees (Standing and
Share Scheme) facilitate the administration
of the Board’s delegated authority.
The
In the event that Board approval is required
between Board meetings for such matters
as capital expenditure, where approvals
come within the threshold determined by
Attendance at Board and committee meetings during 2014
the matters reserved for the Board, Board
members are emailed with the details,
including a justification. The decision of
each Board member is communicated and
recorded at the following Board meeting.
The terms of reference for each committee
require members to be renominated every
three years (subject to annual re-election).
This was undertaken in respect of Mike
Salamon (who sits on the Remuneration,
Nominations and HSSE Committees),
Richard Williams (Audit Committee) and
Glenn Turner (HSSE Committee).
Number of meetings held
Board
Audit
Remuneration Nominations
HSSE
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
–
–
5/5
–
5/5
–
–
–
4/4
–
–
4/4
4/4
4/4
–
–
–
4/4
4/4
–
–
4/4
–
–
–
–
–
–
4/4
–
4/4
–
–
–
4/4
Director
RW Davis
CT Elphick
GA Beevers
DJ Elzas
M Salamon
RJ Williams
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
54
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Non-Executive Directors’ meetings
Before each scheduled Board meeting, the non-Executive Directors meet independently of the Executive Directors, in accordance with a
practice adopted by many listed companies. During the year, four such meetings were held.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
A clear separation is maintained between the responsibilities of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer. This separation was
established during 2007 with the appointment of Roger Davis as Chairman.
The Chairman is responsible for creating the conditions for the effective working of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for
the leadership, operations and management of the Group within the strategy and business plan agreed by the Board. Their individual
responsibilities, together with the responsibilities of the Senior Independent Director (SID) and non-Executive Directors are detailed below.
Roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
The role of the Chairman Roger Davis
The role of the Chief Executive Officer
Clifford Elphick
The effective operation and leadership of the Board and setting
the highest standards of corporate governance.
Developing a business strategy for the Group to be approved by
the Board on an annual basis.
Providing strategic guidance to the executive team.
Setting the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions.
Producing the business plans for the Group to be approved by the
Board on an annual basis.
Overseeing the management of the executive resource and
succession planning processes and presenting the output from
these to the Board and Nominations Committee annually.
Through the Nominations Committee, ensuring that the Board
comprises individuals with an appropriate mixture of skills,
experience and knowledge.
Ensuring that effective business and financial controls and risk
management processes are in place across the Group, as well as
compliance with all relevant laws and regulations.
Ensuring that the Company maintains effective communication
with shareholders and that the Board understands their views and
concerns.
Working with the Chief Executive Officer to ensure that the Board
receives accurate and timely information on the performance of
the Group.
Making recommendations to the Board on the appropriate
delegation of authority within the Group.
Keeping the Board informed about the performance of the Group
and bringing to the Board’s attention all matters that materially
affect, or are capable of materially affecting, the performance of
the Group and the achievement of its strategy.
Leading the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its
committees and individual Directors.
Developing, for the Board’s approval, appropriate values and
standards to guide all activities undertaken by the Group.
Providing clear and visible leadership in responsible business
conduct.
Encouraging a culture of openness and discussion to foster a
high-performing and collegial team of Directors that operates
effectively.
Ensuring that relevant stakeholder and shareholder views, as well
as strategic issues, are regularly reviewed, clearly understood and
underpin the work of the Board.
Facilitating the relationship between the Board and the Chief
Executive Officer.
Ensuring that adequate time is available for discussion on all
agenda items.
Roles of the SID and non-Executive Directors
Senior Independent Director Based in the UK
Non-Executive Directors
Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman.
Serving as an intermediary for other Directors if necessary.
Scrutinising the performance of management in meeting agreed
goals and objectives and monitoring the reporting of performance.
Reviewing the integrity of financial information and determining
whether internal controls and systems of risk management
are robust.
Being available to shareholders if concerns they have raised with
the executive team and/or the Chairman have not been
satisfactorily resolved.
Determining the Company’s policy for executive remuneration, as
well as the remuneration packages for the Chairman and Executive
Directors through the Remuneration Committee.
Providing a wide range of skills and independence, including
independent judgement on issues of strategy, performance and
risk management.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
55
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE COMPLIANCE continued
Board skills, balance and independence
As a mining company, the efficiency of
the day-to-day operations, in both the
medium and long term, is essential to the
Group’s progress in producing shareholder
value. In addition, security plays a
significant role in maintaining the flow of
the high-value diamonds produced by
Letšeng and Ghaghoo.
As the Group has operations in cutting and
polishing, and as sales and marketing
strategies are being rolled out, knowledge
of the diamond industry is crucial in order
to foster new business opportunities.
Financial resources and capability are also
necessary to ensure fulfilment of the
Group’s strategy, both financially and
corporately. The biographies, which can be
found on pages 50 and 51, provide more
information on each Director’s
competencies. All Directors allocate
sufficient time to the Group to discharge
their responsibilities effectively.
The Company complies with the
requirement of the Code that there should
be a balance of Executive and non-Executive
Directors so that no individual or group can
dominate the Board’s decision-taking.
Non-Executive Directors should be
independent in character and judgement.
All five non-Executive Directors are
considered by the Board to be independent
of management and the Group. In applying
the independence test, the Board considers
relationships with management, major
shareholders, subsidiary and associated
companies and other parties with whom
the Company transacts business against
predetermined materiality thresholds.
The letters of appointment for the non-
Executive Directors and the contracts of
the Executive Directors are available for
inspection at the place of business of the
Company in London.
The Board annually reviews the composition
and chairmanship of its primary committees,
namely the Audit, Remuneration,
Nominations and HSSE Committees.
Appointments and re-elections to
the Board (see also Board diversity
on page 57)
The Code requires there to be a formal,
rigorous and transparent procedure for the
appointment of new Directors, which
should be made on merit, against objective
criteria and with due regard to the benefits
56
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
of diversity on the Board, including gender
(B.2). Since 2007, recruitment to the Board
has been on the basis of recommendation;
thus no outside consultants have been
employed. The Board currently comprises
a broad and highly relevant skill set and
the Nomination Committee will continue
to make appointments based on merit
while taking into account diversity and
the specialist skill set which is required by
the business.
The Nominations Committee’s section of
this report is set out on page 64.
It is required that all Directors retire at
the Annual General Meeting and, if
appropriate, offer themselves for re-
election in accordance with Code provision
B.7.1. This practice will continue for future
re-elections. The Nominations Committee
has considered and concluded that the
Board has demonstrated commitment to
its role. The committee is also satisfied that
the collective skills, experience,
background and knowledge of the
Company’s Directors enables the Board
and its committees to conduct
their respective duties and
responsibilities effectively.
Continuing Board development,
access to independent professional
advice and the Company Secretary
All Directors are aware that they may take
independent professional advice, at the
expense of the Company, in the conduct of
their duties, subject to prior consultation
with the Chairman. Furthermore, all
Directors have access to management and
the advice and services of the Company
Secretary. The Company Secretary is
accountable to the Board for ensuring that
all governance matters are complied with
and assisting with professional
development as required.
Board-approved arrangements ensure
that new Directors receive a full, formal
and tailored induction on joining the
Board. In addition, ongoing support and
resources are provided to Directors,
enabling them to extend and refresh their
skills, knowledge and familiarity with the
Group. Professional development and
training are provided through three
complementary measures:
– delivering regular updates on changes
(actual or proposed) in laws and
regulations affecting the Company
or its businesses;
– making arrangements, including site
visits, to ensure Directors are familiar
with the Group’s operations, particularly
its commitment to and application
of the Group’s corporate social
responsibility policies; and
– creating opportunities for professional
and skills training, such as committee
chairmanship and formal professional
seminars, designed by appropriate
advisers.
Board evaluation
Aim
The Board understands the importance of
ensuring that excellent standards of
behaviour and governance are maintained,
not only by the Directors, but integrated
through all levels of the Group.
One of the overarching objectives of the
2014 Board evaluation was to carry out a
comprehensive review on the effectiveness
of the Board, not only as a unit, but also
to assess and evaluate the contributions
made by individual Directors.
The Board evaluation exercise looked at the
composition of the Board and committees
of the Board, conduct and decision-
making; how strategy is approached and
addressed; risk management, management
information and reporting; training,
development and succession planning;
and internal and external communication.
Approach
In line with best practice on Board
evaluation, as set out in Code provision
B.6.2 of the Code, the Board appointed
Bruce Wallace Associates to undertake an
externally facilitated independent review
of Board effectiveness during December
2014 and January 2015. The scope of the
2014 evaluation exercise was agreed with
the Chairman and Company Secretary and
implemented by means of a questionnaire.
The questionnaire was sent to each
Director and their responses were collated
by Bruce Wallace Associates that then
presented its analysis, findings and
recommendations in a report to the Board.
Analysis
The report from Bruce Wallace to the Board
noted that considerable progress had been
made addressing recommendations in the
2013 Board evaluation, particularly with
regard to strategy and governance which,
together with conduct of effective and
efficient meetings were identified in the
2014 Board evaluation as the three main
areas in which the Board performs well.
Strategy sessions and Board debate on
strategy during 2014 were found to be
working well and it was considered that
focus on communication, timing of
non-Executive Director involvement and
more measurement of performance
against strategy would further enhance the
strategy process. It was also clear that,
consistent with recommendations from
the 2013 Board evaluation, the
Nominations Committee had started to
review the composition of the Board and
succession planning during 2014.
The Board was encouraged to consider
the Nominations Committee’s progress,
output from the review and any
recommendations made.
Next step
The findings and recommendations have
been discussed with the Board by the
Chairman. The Board agreed that
continued focus on developing and
achieving strategy was of key importance
and that the recommended enhancements
to the strategy process be implemented.
The Board also confirmed that the
composition of the Board and succession
planning would be further considered by
the Board in the forthcoming months.
Conflicts of interest
The UK Companies Act requires that
Directors avoid any situation where they
may have a direct or indirect interest that
conflicts, or may conflict, with the Group’s
interests, unless approved by the non-
interested Directors. In accordance with
this Act, the Directors are allowed to
authorise conflicts and potential conflicts
where appropriate. The Company operates
a procedure to ensure the disclosure of
conflicts and, if appropriate, for the
consideration and authorisation of them
by non-conflicted Directors. The Board
maintains a register of ‘conflicts of interest’
that it reviews annually (most recently in
November 2014). The Company voluntarily
complies with this requirement.
Dealings in shares
The Company has a policy based on the
Model Code, published in the FCA’s UK
Listing Rules, which covers dealings in
securities and applies to all Directors,
persons discharging managerial
responsibilities and employee insiders. This
policy was last reviewed in November 2012
and was circulated to all insiders in January
2014. The insider list is reviewed and
updated routinely.
Directors’ remuneration
While the Board is ultimately responsible
for Directors’ remuneration, the
Remuneration Committee, consisting
of Independent non-Executive Directors,
is responsible for determining the
remuneration and conditions of
employment of Executive Directors, as
well as the Chairman. The details of all
Directors’ remuneration are covered in the
Directors’ Remuneration Report and the
Annual Report on Remuneration on pages
68 to 85.
Bribery Act
The Company has implemented a review of
its policies and procedures in line with the
Bribery Act and the principles set out in the
related Ministry of Justice Guidance. Ernst &
Young LLP (EY) supported the Senior
Management of the Group in this review.
The review was completed in 2012, and
a new Group policy was adopted and
circulated to staff identified by the Group
as potentially exposed to bribery and
corruption. All identified individuals
received formal training in 2012. The Group
policy and its application is subject to
regular monitoring by the Group’s internal
audit function.
The Group’s terms of business have been
updated to require all customers and third
parties with whom business is transacted
to adopt the same zero tolerance approach
to bribery and corruption as implemented
by the Board.
Board diversity
The Board continues to support diversity of
all types on its Board and strives to improve
the gender balance within the Group with
an increasing number of suitably qualified
females being employed at senior levels
throughout the organisation.
More information on gender-based
employment is contained in the
Sustainable Development Review on
page 41.
Communication of business
development during the year
Detailed information on the Group’s
business developments and projects
can be found on the Company’s website
(www.gemdiamonds.com) in the investors’
section, where all published information
and shareholder communication is
available. This includes trading updates;
year end and half-year results; analysts’
briefings, resource and reserve statements
and all other announcements.
Accountability and audit
Financial reporting
The Board is conscious of its responsibility to
present a fair, balanced and understandable
assessment of the Group’s position and
prospects and is satisfied that it has met this
obligation. The current assessment can be
found in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to
46. The Responsibility Statement of the
Directors in respect of the Annual Report
and Financial Statements is set out on
page 92.
Information and financial reporting
systems
The Board is supplied in a timely manner
with information in a form and of a quality
appropriate to enable it to discharge its
duties. Financial reporting to the Board is
continuously modified and enhanced to
cater for changing circumstances. The
Group’s comprehensive planning and
financial reporting procedures include
detailed operational business plans for the
year ahead and a three-year rolling plan.
The Board reviews and approves the
Group’s annual business plan.
These are prepared in co-operation with all
Group functions on the basis of specified
economic assumptions. Performance is
monitored and relevant action taken
throughout the year through monthly
reporting of key performance indicators
and updated forecasts for the year,
together with information on key risk areas.
In addition, routine management reports
on an operational and consolidated basis,
including updated forecasts for the year,
are prepared and presented to the Board.
These reports form the cornerstone of the
Group’s system of internal control. Detailed
consolidated management accounts, as
well as an executive summary, are
circulated prior to each scheduled Board
meeting. Between Board meetings,
summary update reports covering matters
such as operational performance, sales
figures, cash flow and progress on strategic
issues are circulated to Board members and
Senior Executives.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
57
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE COMPLIANCE continued
Internal control
The Board of Directors has responsibility
for the Group’s overall approach to risk
management and internal control, which
are embedded in all key operations. In
accordance with the Turnbull Guidance
recently replaced by the Guidance on Risk
Management, Internal Control and Related
Financial and Business Reporting Guidance
published by the Financial Reporting
Council in September 2014, the Board has
defined the processes adopted for its
ongoing monitoring and assessment and
relies on reviews undertaken by the Audit
Committee throughout the year, as well as
the approval of the Annual Report and
Financial Statements. In addition, regular
management reporting, providing a
balanced assessment of key risks and
controls, is an important component of
Board assurance.
The Audit Committee reviewed the
effectiveness of the system of internal
control by considering regular reports from
management on the operation of the risk
assessment process throughout the Group.
These included:
– key risks identified;
– mitigating actions and controls;
– management representations and
assertions; and
– reports covering the independent
assessment of internal control systems
from internal audit, together with other
assurance providers such as health,
safety, social and environmental reports.
The principal aim of the system of internal
control is the management of business risks
that significantly threaten the fulfilment of
the Group’s business and strategic
objectives, with a view to enhancing the
value of shareholders’ investments and
safeguarding assets. The internal control
systems have been designed to manage,
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure, to
achieve business objectives and to provide
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that
the Group’s business objectives will be
achieved within the risk tolerance levels
identified by the Board. The Directors
confirm that they have reviewed the
effectiveness of the system of internal
control. For the review, the Audit Committee
considered reports dealing with internal
audit plans and outcomes, as well as risk
logs and sign-off from external audit and
management representations. These did not
reveal any significant failings or weaknesses.
58
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Internal audit
The internal audit function, established
in 2007, is an important element of the
overall process by which the Audit
Committee and the Board obtain the
assurance it requires that risks are being
effectively managed and controlled.
A risk-based internal audit plan was
prepared for 2014 and approved by the
Audit Committee, with reports on the
achievement of the risk-based audit plan
and findings presented to the Audit
Committee for consideration and approval.
The risk-based audit plan covers all
operating units, focusing in particular on
the most significant risks and related
internal controls identified in the risk
self-assessment process. Findings and
agreed actions are reported to
management and the Audit Committee.
A review of the Group internal audit
function during 2014 resulted in a full-time
Group internal auditor being appointed,
reporting directly to the Audit Committee,
who is responsible for co-ordinating the
Group’s risk-based approach to internal
audit to ensure the appropriate focus
of work.
The appointment resulted in the internal
audit function realigning itself from a full
outsourced function, performed by KPMG
Services Proprietary Limited (KPMG), to a
co-sourced function managed through
the Group internal audit function. The
objective of the co-sourced agreement will
be that KPMG will perform certain internal
audits on behalf of the Group internal audit
as and when required.
Risk assessment and management
The Board, through the Audit Committee,
considers effective risk management as
an essential element of professional
management and has implemented
risk assessment and control systems across
the Group, with the assistance of KPMG.
In accordance with the Turnbull Guidance,
a process has been established for
continually identifying, evaluating and
managing the Group’s most significant
risks. The Group’s risk management policy
aims to cover and review all important
business risks faced by the Group,
including, but not limited to, operational,
financial, commercial, legal, regulatory
and compliance risks, which could
undermine the Group’s ability to achieve
its strategic and business objectives.
These risks are reviewed at least once a
year. A more comprehensive report of the
Group’s key risks and the means by which
these are managed and/or mitigated
can be found on pages 44 to 46 in the
Strategic Report.
The Company’s approach to risk
management is value driven and has
the stated objective of ensuring an
environment in which it can grow
shareholder value through protecting and
enhancing the Group’s assets, the
environment in those locations in which it
operates, its reputation and its staff. The
process is thorough and robust and is an
essential element of business planning.
All of the Group’s operations carry out
comprehensive annual self-assessment risk
reviews and update their risk registers
accordingly. Objectives in the business
plan are aligned with risks and a summary
of the key risks, related internal controls,
accountabilities and further mitigating
actions are reviewed and approved by the
Audit Committee and, if necessary, the
Board, for appropriateness and
effectiveness.
Progress against plans, significant changes
in the business risk profile and actions
taken to address controls and mitigate risks
are reported at each of the Group’s
operating unit’s board meetings, thereafter
to the Company’s Audit Committee and, if
appropriate, to the Company’s Board.
The results of the process have been
reviewed by management with all of the
Group’s operations and submitted to the
Company’s Audit Committee.
Investment appraisal
Capital expenditure is managed by a
budgetary process and authorisation levels.
For expenditure beyond specified levels,
detailed written proposals are submitted to
the Board. There is an approval procedure
for investment appraisal, which includes a
detailed calculation of return based on
assumptions that are consistent with those
included in management reports.
Reviews are carried out after the project is
completed and, for some projects, during
the development period of the investment,
to monitor progress against plan. All major
overruns are investigated. Commercial,
legal and financial due diligence work,
using outside consultants as appropriate, is
undertaken in respect of acquisitions
and disposals.
External audit
A principle of the Code is that the Board
should establish formal and transparent
arrangements for considering how it should
apply the financial reporting and internal
control principles and for maintaining an
appropriate relationship with the Group’s
external auditors, EY. These responsibilities
are delegated to and are discharged by the
Audit Committee, whose work is described
on pages 60 to 63.
Whistleblowing programme
The Company has implemented a formal
means of reporting suspected fraud,
corruption and irregularities via
independently operated and confidential
toll-free phone hotlines in each country in
which the Group operates. Employees can
report any breach of the Group’s business
principles, including, but not limited to,
bribery, breaches of ethics and fraud.
All incidents reported are fully investigated,
and the results are reported to the boards
of local operations and the Company’s
Audit Committee. The whistleblowing
procedures are reviewed to make sure they
are effective and up to date. The process
was reviewed in 2012, and each operation
was required to reissue literature to all
employees detailing the whistleblowing
tool and the relevant contact details.
Dialogue with shareholders
The Board places importance on effective
communication with its shareholders and
maintains regular dialogue with, and gives
briefings to, analysts and institutional
investors, which the Board believes ensures
that members of the Board develop an
understanding of the views of major
shareholders about the Company. The
responsibility for investor relations is that of
the Chief Legal and Commercial Director,
Glenn Turner, who is based at the
Company’s London office. Presentations
are given by the Executive Directors after
the Group’s announcement of the year-end
and half-year results. Any concerns raised
by shareholders in relation to the Group
and its affairs are communicated to the
Board as a whole, and a summary of
shareholders’ views are presented at each
Board meeting.
Glenn Turner keeps in contact with the
Company’s institutional and other
shareholders, as well as industry experts on
a regular basis. It is his task to ensure a
good flow of reliable information between
the Company and its investors.
The Executive Directors also conduct
quarterly roadshows to engage with a
number of the Group’s larger investors and
allow them to express any concerns.
The Board is satisfied that the
whistleblowing programme is being
utilised in the correct manner by
concerned individuals and that all queries
raised during the year have been properly
investigated and reported.
The shareholder base comprises
138.27 million issued ordinary shares of
US$0.01 each. There are 119 institutional
shareholders that hold 128.21 million
shares (93%) and 500 private shareholders
who hold 10.06 million shares (7%).
Relations with shareholders
Majority interest in shares
On 6 March 2015, the following major interests (at or above 3%) in the issued ordinary
shares of the Company had been notified to the Company in accordance with the DTR 5:
Shareholders
Graff Diamond International Limited
Lansdowne Partners Limited
Gem Diamonds Holdings Limited
FMR LLC
Capital Group Companies Inc.
BlackRock
Lazard Asset Management
Norges Bank Investment Managers
JP Morgan Asset Management
Fidelity International Limited
Majedie Asset Managers
State Street Global Advisors
Number of
ordinary shares
20 906 699
20 721 413
9 325 000
7 776 396
6 855 495
6 317 181
4 874 803
4 733 934
4 478 598
4 451 132
4 180 971
4 171 898
%
shareholding
15.12
14.99
6.74
5.62
4.96
4.57
3.53
3.42
3.24
3.22
3.02
3.02
There has been no change reported to the Group since 6 March 2015.
The Company’s Senior Independent
Director, Mike Salamon, is available to
shareholders if contact through normal
channels has failed to resolve their
concerns, or if such contact would
be inappropriate.
Constructive use of the Annual
General Meeting (AGM)
The Code urges boards to use the AGM to
communicate with all investors. All
Directors attend the AGM, where
shareholders are invited to ask questions
during the meeting and to meet Directors
after the formal proceedings have ended.
Shareholders attending the Company’s
next scheduled meeting will be advised as
to the level of proxy votes received, as well
as the percentages for and against in
respect of each resolution.
If the Board considers that a significant
proportion of votes have been cast against
any resolution, the directors will explain
how they intend to engage with
shareholders to assess their concerns.
The results of the resolutions will be
announced through the Regulatory
News Service and on the Company’s
website (www.gemdiamonds.com).
All shareholders can access the Group’s
annual and half-year reports; trading
updates; and other published and
current information about the Group
through the Company’s website at
www.gemdiamonds.com.
Care is taken to ensure that any price-
sensitive information is released to all
shareholders, institutional and private, at
the same time, and in accordance with
both the DTR and Group policy. This policy
was most recently reviewed by the Board
in November 2012 and updated as
appropriate. It was recirculated to each
operation in 2014.
Details of the resolutions to be proposed at
the AGM can be found in the notice of the
AGM. In accordance with the Code, notice
of the AGM and related papers will be sent
to shareholders a minimum of 20 business
days before the meeting, which is due to
be held on Tuesday, 2 June 2015.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
59
AUDIT COMMITTEE
“The primary role of the Audit Committee is to ascertain that shareholders
can rely on the financial reports of the Company by establishing that effective
measures and internal controls for the oversight of the financial reporting and
audit process are in place and proficiently applied throughout the financial
reporting period”. – Dave Elzas, Chairman
Composition, meetings and
attendance in 2014
In accordance with provision C.3.1 of the
Code, all members of the Audit Committee
should be non-Executive Directors,
independent in character and judgement,
and free from relationships or
circumstances which are likely to affect, or
could appear to affect, their judgement.
The Audit Committee comprises three
non-Executive Directors: Dave Elzas
(Chairman of the committee), Roger Davis
and Richard Williams MBE MC.
Dave Elzas is considered to be
independent. The association of Dave Elzas
and Geneva Management Group (UK)
Limited (GMG) in no way compromises his
independence. The fees for the work
performed by GMG for the Group are
immaterial in relation to the overall income
of GMG. With his experience of running
several businesses, serving as a member of
several boards (both private and UK listed)
and as a partner at GMG, Dave Elzas is
regarded as having appropriate financial
experience as referred to in provision C.3.1.
Five meetings of the Audit Committee
were held in 2014. The Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and a
representative of the Company’s internal
and external auditors normally attend
each meeting by invitation. Other Directors
of the Company and Senior Executives
may also attend by invitation and speak,
but not vote, at any meeting of the
Audit Committee.
Committee members
DJ Elzas – Chairman
RW Davis
RJ Williams
Member throughout 2014
Number of meetings held/
attended 2014
√
√
√
5/5
5/5
5/5
The role and focus of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s primary role is to ensure:
– the integrity of financial reporting and the audit process; and
– that an appropriate risk management and internal financial control system is maintained.
By fulfilling this role, the Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities with regard to financial reporting, external and
internal audits and controls. Additional requirements in relation to the viability of the Group and the extension of the period to be covered
by the going concern statement introduced in the 2014 changes made to the Code will be assessed by the Audit Committee for further
consideration by the Board during 2015.
60
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Activities of the Audit Committee during 2014
Internal controls and risk
External auditors
Financial reporting
– Received reports from the external and internal
auditors on their assessment of the control
environment.
– Reviewed feedback from the reports submitted
by managers across the Group, prior to
approval of the half-year and annual financial
statements and before the audit.
– The management reports cover areas involving
significant judgement, estimation or
uncertainty, including assessment of fair values,
impairment reviews of goodwill, quality
of earnings, taxation, treasury, reserves
and resources, legal matters and the
appropriateness of preparing the financial
statements on a going-concern basis.
– Approved a risk-based internal audit plan and
reviewed the Group’s internal audit function
during 2014 and agreed on the appointment
of a full-time Group internal auditor, reporting
directly to the Audit Committee.
– Examined the effectiveness of the Group’s risk
management system, including its risk
management process and profile, and the
Group’s internal control systems.
– The committee received reports of the internal
control environment in place at its subsidiaries
which were considered to be effective. These
included:
– procedures for identifying business and
operational risks and control of their impact
on the Group;
– budgeting and forecasting systems, financial
reporting systems and controls;
– procedures for detecting fraud and serious
breaches of business conduct including
whistleblowing;
– procedures for ensuring compliance with
relevant regulators and eliminating bribery;
– operational effectiveness of the Audit
Committee structures; and
– overseeing the adequacy of the internal
controls and allocation of responsibilities for
monitoring internal financial controls.
– Assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s
internal control environment and approved
the statement on the process by which the
committee and the Board review the
effectiveness of internal control.
– Reviewed reports on audit findings.
– Considered the independence of the
auditors and their effectiveness,
taking into account:
– non-audit work undertaken by the
external auditors and compliance
with the Group’s policy; and
– the committee’s own assessment.
– Agreed on the audit approach and
scope of the audit work to be
undertaken by the external auditors
and the fees for the same.
– Considered key focus areas for the
2014 audit, including going-concern
assessment, impairment reviews,
significant judgements applied
(specifically in terms of ‘production
start date’ of when a mine moves into
its production phase) and revenue
recognition.
– Recommended to the Board the
reappointment of the external
auditors following an evaluation of
their effectiveness and confirmation
of auditor objectivity and
independence.
– Reviewed the annual financial (2013)
and half-year (2014) statements and
the significant financial reporting
judgements and the Auditors’ Report
thereon.
– Reviewed the trading
announcements published in January
and July including the two interim
management statements.
– Reviewed the liquidity risk and the
basis for preparing the Group
accounts on a going-concern basis
and reviewed the related disclosures
in the Annual Report.
– Reviewed disclosures in the Annual
Report in relation to internal controls,
risk management, principal risks and
uncertainties and the work of the
committee.
– Reviewed management’s
considerations on impairment.
– Reviewed the appropriateness of the
Group’s accounting policies.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
61
AUDIT COMMITTEE continued
Internal controls and risk
External auditors
Financial reporting
– Adhered to the Financial Reporting
Council’s consultation of audit firm
rotation, and their rotation of audit
partners. As such, there is no
intention of considering their
replacement.
– Assisted the Board in assuring the
integrity of the financial statements
which the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer have certified
as representing a true and fair view of
the Group.
– Managed the relationship with the
– Evaluated the effectiveness of the
external and internal auditors
covering terms of engagement,
remuneration and effectiveness.
Group’s internal control over financial
reporting based on the established
framework and criteria. No material
weaknesses in the Group’s internal
controls over financial reporting were
identified by management.
– Ensured that there is a system of control in
place for identifying and managing risk in the
Group. The Board, through the Audit
Committee, reviewed the systems that have
been established for this purpose, including
whether the processes continued to meet
evolving external governance requirements.
– Considered and approved the structure, scope
of cover and renewal terms of the Group’s
insurance programme.
– Reviewed matters reported to the external
whistleblowing hotline and reports on the
findings of the investigations. There were no
matters reported which were considered
significant.
– Evaluated the performance of the committee
and its terms of reference.
– The Board conducted reviews of the
effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk
management and internal controls in
accordance with the UK Corporate Governance
Code (including the Turnbull Guidance). These
covered financial, operational and compliance
controls and risk assessment. Management
presented an assessment of the material
business risks facing the Group. The reviews
were overseen by the Audit Committee, with
findings and recommendations reported to the
Board where appropriate. In addition, the Board
received an assessment of the effectiveness of
internal controls over key risks identified
through the work of the Board committees.
The Board was satisfied that the effectiveness
of the internal controls was properly reviewed.
– Reviewed foreign exchange management,
including investment hedging and related
foreign exchange exposure.
– Reviewed litigation matters affecting all Group
Companies, monitored their status and
progress and, where appropriate, made
recommendations regarding future action.
– Received routine reports on cash management
(including the negotiation of committed
facilities) to ensure adequate resources were
available for future trading and capital
expenditure, and to underpin the going-
concern assumptions.
62
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Meetings with auditors and
management
Following each Audit Committee meeting,
separate meetings were held with each of
the following:
– external auditors;
– internal auditors; and
– the Executive Management.
Matters discussed during these meetings
include, but are not limited to, the
transparency of the auditors’ interactions
with management, confirmation that there
has been no restriction of scope placed on
them by management, independence of
their audit and how they have exercised
professional scepticism. In particular, the
primary areas of judgement considered
by the committee in relation to the
2014 accounts, and how these were
addressed, were:
– Impairment testing of property, plant
and equipment and goodwill:
The judgements in relation to asset
impairment largely relate to the
assessment of whether indicators of
impairment exist and the key
assumptions used in the impairment
test. For both impairment and going
concern, the achievement of the
long-term business plan and macro-
economic assumptions underlying the
valuation process and going concern
assumptions are primary judgements.
The committee addresses these matters
through receiving reports from
management outlining the basis for the
assumptions used, of which the business
plan is the most significant, which is
approved by the Board. In addition, this
area is a primary source of audit focus
and accordingly EY provides detailed
reporting to the committee.
– Critical accounting estimates and
judgements applied, specifically in
relation to the production start date of
Ghaghoo.
The judgement in relation to ‘production
start date’ is to determine when a mine
moves from its construction phase into
its production phase. The criteria used
to assess the start date are determined
by the unique nature of each mine’s
construction project. Various relevant
criteria is considered to assess when
the mine is substantially complete and
ready for its intended use and moves into
the production phase at which point the
capitalisation of certain mine construction
costs ceases and depreciation of the mine
asset commences.
The committee addresses these issues
through a range of reporting from
management and a process of
challenging the appropriateness of
management’s view. In addition, this is
a primary source of audit focus and
accordingly EY provides verbal and
written reports to the committee.
– Revenue recognition: The judgement in
relation to revenue recognition is around
determining the timing of the risks and
rewards of ownership transfer on all
rough diamond sales and in particular
on the uplift element with regards to
rough diamonds sold into partnership
arrangements. The committee addresses
these issues through a range of
reporting from management and a
process of challenging the
appropriateness of management’s views
on the accounting of all revenue
streams. This is also an area of higher
audit risk and accordingly the committee
receives detailed verbal and written
reporting from EY on this matter.
EY further provides the Group with a
detailed audit plan identifying its
assessment of the key risks. These risks
are tracked throughout the year and the
committee challenges the work
performed by the auditors to test
management’s assumptions and
estimates. The committee assesses the
effectiveness of the audit process in
addressing those matters through the
reporting we receive from EY.
Auditors’ independence and
non-audit work
The Audit Committee has a formal policy
governing the conduct of non-audit work
by the external auditors, which ensures
that the Company is in compliance with
the requirements of the Code and the
Ethical Standards for Auditors published
by the Auditing Practices Board.
The external auditors are permitted to
provide non-audit services that are not in
conflict with auditor independence.
Periodic reports are made to the Audit
Committee detailing non-audit fees paid
to the external auditors.
The fees for such work amounted to
US$0.2 million in total. This was against
external audit fees of US$0.6 million
representing approximately 33% of
external audit fees.
When commissioning non-audit services,
the Company is very conscious of ensuring
that there is no conflict which could
compromise the auditors’ independence.
Recommendation of auditor
The Audit Committee’s assessment of the
external auditor’s performance and its
independence underpins its
recommendation to the Board to propose
to shareholders the reappointment of EY
(which was first appointed as the Company’s
auditor in 2006) until the conclusion of the
Company’s AGM in 2015. This assessment
includes a review of EY policies for
maintaining independence, including its
policy for rotating audit partners, which
requires that a new lead audit partner be
appointed every five years. In accordance
with this policy a new lead audit partner
was appointed in 2011. Resolutions to
authorise the Board to reappoint and
determine the external auditor’s
remuneration will be proposed at the
Company’s AGM on Tuesday, 2 June 2015.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
63
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE
“The Nominations Committee continued its work of ensuring that the Board
and committee’s composition is correct and that there is the appropriate
balance of skills, knowledge, experience and independence to ensure their
continued effectiveness in supporting our strategy”. – Roger Davis, Chairman
Member throughout 2014
Number of meetings held/
attended 2014
√
√
√
4/4
4/4
4/4
– Making recommendations to the
Board regarding the composition of
the Nominations Committee and the
composition and chairmanship
of the Audit, Remuneration and
HSSE Committees.
– Identifying and making
recommendations to the Board
regarding candidates for appointment as
Directors, which includes considering
succession planning and the leadership
needs of the Group.
– Overseeing the performance evaluation
of the Board, its committees, and
individual Directors.
The Board acknowledges that diversity
extends beyond the boardroom and
supports management in its efforts to
build diversity throughout the Group. It
endorses the Group’s policy to attract and
develop a highly qualified and diverse
workforce, to ensure that all selection
decisions are based on merit and that all
recruitment activities are fair and non-
discriminatory. The policy acknowledges
the contribution of diversity, including
gender, to the effective functioning of the
Board. When recruiting additional Directors
and/or filling vacancies which arise when
Directors do not seek re-election, the
Nominations Committee will seek to
appoint new Directors who fit the skills
criteria and gender balance that are in line
with the Board’s aspiration. Recognising
that Directors with diverse skill sets,
capabilities and experience, gained from
different geographic and cultural
backgrounds, can enhance the Board’s
effectiveness, the Nominations Committee
continues to encourage and support a
diversity of business skills and experience.
Details, including the proportion of women
in senior management, can be found in the
“Attracting, retaining and developing our
employees” section of the Sustainable
Development Review on page 41.
Activities of the Nominations
Committee during 2014
The Nominations Committee in 2014
deliberated upon:
– succession planning for all Directors and
Senior Executives;
– the composition of various committees;
and
– the effectiveness of the Nominations
Committee.
In the year ahead, the committee will
continue to assess the Board’s composition,
as well as evaluating the composition of
various committees. It will also continue to
monitor developments in corporate
governance, to ensure the Group remains at
the forefront of good governance practices.
Committee members
RW Davis – Chairman
M Salamon
CT Elphick
Composition, meetings and
attendance in 2014
The Nominations Committee comprises
two non-Executive Directors and one
Executive Director. The committee’s terms
of reference provide for a formal and
transparent procedure for the committee
to follow in discharging its responsibilities.
The committee has responsibility to
identify, evaluate and recommend
candidates for Board vacancies and to
make recommendations on Board
composition and balance. Four meetings
were held in 2014. All recommendations
for Board appointments are made on
merit and against objective criteria. No
appointments were made in 2014.
The role and focus of the
Nominations Committee
The key objective of the Nominations
Committee is to ensure that the Board of
the Company comprises individuals with the
requisite skills, knowledge and experience.
This enables the effective discharge of the
Board’s responsibilities, which includes
supporting the Group’s strategy.
Responsibilities include:
– Leading the process for identifying and
making recommendations in relation to
the structure, size and composition of
the Board, including its diversity and
balance of skills, knowledge and
experience as well as the independence
of non-Executive Directors.
64
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
HSSE COMMITTEE
“The safety and well-being of our employees and contractors continues to
be our first priority. We strive to identify and mitigate potentially hazardous
tasks and conditions so that safe working procedures are implemented and
embedded throughout all levels in the organisation. Putting health and safety
first, being environmentally responsible, legally compliant and adding value to
our stakeholders and the communities in which we operate, ensures our social
licence to operate”. – Gavin Beevers, Chairman
Committee members
GA Beevers – Chairman
M Salamon
GE Turner
Member throughout 2014
Number of meetings held/
attended 2014
√
√
√
4/4
4/4
4/4
The role and focus of the
HSSE Committee
The overall role and responsibility of the
committee is to give the Board assurance
that the policies and guidelines approved
by the Board have been implemented and
that the management of health, safety,
social and environmental matters
throughout the Group is carried out in
accordance with these policies as well as
being legally compliant with all relevant
legislation. The policies and procedures
take account of international best practice
and are continuously reviewed to ensure
they remain effective and current.
The committee achieves this by regularly:
– monitoring HSSE policies and guidelines,
and ensuring they take account of
minimum requirements and
international best practice;
– having oversight of and providing
assurance to the Board on the Group’s
compliance with applicable legal,
regulatory and international best
practice requirements associated
with HSSE;
– assessing the effectiveness of
management’s approach to managing
risks, particularly with respect to all
aspects of HSSE;
– reviewing significant incidents and
considering causative factors,
consequences and actions including the
impact on employees, third parties and
reputational risk;
– recommending to the Board the Group’s
key performance indicators with regard
to HSSE matters and monitoring the
performance against these targets;
– reviewing the Group’s external reporting,
regulatory and public disclosures on
HSSE matters and approving these as
necessary;
– reviewing and reporting to the Board
developments, HSSE trends and
sustainability matters which may be
relevant to the Group’s operations, its
assets or employees; and
– providing the Board with guidance on
key global HSSE issues.
Activities of the HSSE Committee
during 2014
In 2014, members of the HSSE Committee
visited the Group’s operations in order to
gather first-hand knowledge of current
practices and the management of HSSE
matters at the operations to assist in their
assessment of the effectiveness of the
Group’s HSSE policies and procedures.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
65
HSSE COMMITTEE continued
Specific activities of the HSSE Committee in 2014 included the following:
Health
Safety
Social
Environment
Governance
– Reviewed reports on
the Group’s key
indicators and trends.
– Reviewed changes to
local and international
best practice
guidelines on safety,
health and
environmental
governance.
– Considered changes
to the Global
Reporting Initiative
reporting standard
and agreed the
indicators to be
disclosed in the
2014 Sustainable
Development Report.
– Identified material
social governance
risks and addressed
the risks through the
implementation of
effective mitigation
measures as per the
Group’s policies and
guidelines.
– Received reports from
and interviewed
accountable
managers on
implemented
community
development
initiatives.
– Reviewed reports on
project affected
community socio-
economic indicators
and trends.
– Monitored the
implementation at
operational level of
corporate social
investment plans at
the mines in Botswana
and Letšeng.
– Reviewed key
sustainability-related
risks and associated
mitigation plans.
– Reviewed reports on
key environmental
indicators and trends.
– Recognised the
importance of
safeguarding the
quality of water at the
Group’s operations
and initiated water
impact mitigation
measures in order to
address the upward
trending levels of
contaminants in
process water at
operations.
– Identified material
environmental risks
and ensured that the
risks were adequately
addressed through
the implementation
of effective mitigation
measures as per the
Group’s policies and
guidelines.
– Reviewed reports on
the Group’s key
indicators and trends.
– Reviewed reports on
project affected
communities and
employee health
indicators and trends.
– Monitored the
effectiveness of
on-site clinics at
Letšeng
and Ghaghoo.
– Reviewed the
effectiveness of health
risk mitigation
strategies at the mine
sites in Botswana
and Letšeng.
– Reviewed the
implementation of
the strategic plan to
improve safety.
– Monitored the
implementation of
Behaviour Based
Safety programmes
at the mines in
Botswana
and Letšeng.
– Received reports
from, and interviewed
accountable
managers on, all
serious safety
incidents.
– Reviewed reports on
investigation into root
causes of all serious
safety incidents to
avoid similar future
incidents.
– Reviewed reports on
key safety indicators
and trends.
– Recognised the risk
associated with water
and slimes storage
facilities; ensured that
the risk is mitigated at
operational level
through the
implementation of
specialist research
recommendations.
– Recognised the risk
associated with the
use of contractors and
ensuring that the
correct measures were
developed and
implemented at
operational level to
mitigate this risk,
including the further
development and
implementation of a
contractor safety
system, which ensures
contractors follow
approved systems and
practices as required
by the Group.
66
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
ANNUAL STATEMENT ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
“Our remuneration policy is designed to support our business strategy,
to achieve sustainable growth and maximise long-term sustainable
shareholder returns. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by
shareholders at the 2014 AGM.” – Richard Williams, MBE MC, Chairman
Chairman’s statement
Dear shareholder,
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to
present the Remuneration Committee’s
Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2014.
In line with last year, this report is split into
three sections: the Annual Statement, the
Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the
Annual Report on Remuneration. Our
Remuneration Policy, detailed on pages 68
to 75, remains consistent with that
approved by shareholders at the 2014
AGM, and is reproduced in full for both
ease of reference and to provide context
to the decisions taken by the committee
during the year.
Our Remuneration Policy is designed to
support our business strategy to achieve
sustainable growth and maximise
long-term sustainable shareholder returns.
A substantial proportion of the total
remuneration package is linked to the
achievement of demanding financial and
non-financial performance targets in the
short term and shareholder returns in
the long term. We seek to set the total
remuneration package at an appropriate
level to reflect the competitive markets in
which the Group operates and the Group’s
overall performance, and exercise
downwards discretion in determining
incentive outcomes where warranted by
Group performance.
As disclosed in last year’s report, the
committee concluded a review of the ESOP
in 2014, and made a number of revisions to
make the plan’s performance criteria more
aligned with the Group’s strategy, more
resilient to uncontrollable factors, and to
reflect recent remuneration trends in the
mining sector. For awards made in 2014
and subsequent years, the maximum
award opportunity has been increased
from 100% to 125% of salary in
performance shares, and will vest based
on total shareholder return (TSR) versus
FTSE 350 mining companies, and profit
and production objectives, and will be
measured over a three-year performance
period. Shareholders approved the plan at
the 2014 AGM, and awards of 75% of salary
were made to the Executive Directors in
June 2014.
For 2014, both the achievement of the annual bonus scorecard objectives in terms of
growth, operating performance targets and HSSE performance and the achievement of
personal objectives in terms of the year were strong, scoring 100% of maximum for all the
Executive Directors. As such, the remuneration outcomes for the Directors for the year were
as follows:
20141
£
2013
£
% change
Basic salaries
Benefits
Annual bonuses
Pension contribution equivalent
Other2
ESOP3
Total remuneration of Executive
Directors
Non-Executive Director fees
Total of all Directors
1 290 258
75 225
1 083 883
174 306
–
–
1 269 560
74 031
758 422
171 470
481 983
–
2 623 672
310 000
2 755 466
310 000
2 933 672
3 065 466
Total Group base salaries, benefits,
pensions, bonuses and ESOP
13 565 919
13 332 710
1.6
1.6
42.9
1.7
(100.0)
0.0
(4.8)
0.0
(4.3)
1.7
1 The detail by individual Director can be found on page 77.
2 KM Burford retired on 1 April 2013 and received a lump sum payment of £341 578 equivalent to 12 months’
notice period (base salary; pension; and benefits) and £56 492 in lieu of annual leave entitlement at date of
leaving. He also received £65 688 in lieu of annual leave entitlement in relation to 2012. M Michael and GE Turner
received £26 765 and £57 148, respectively, in lieu of annual leave entitlement in 2013. Further details pertaining
to the payments in lieu of annual leave entitlement are disclosed in the 2013 Annual Report on Remuneration.
3 ESOP: value at vesting of awards vesting on performance over the three-year period ended 31 December 2013
(for ESOP 2011) and 31 December 2014 (for ESOP 2012) (the latter lapsed in full in March 2015).
In September 2014, the FRC introduced
changes to the Code recommending that
companies introduce pre-vesting
performance adjustments (malus) and
post-vesting clawback provisions for
Executive Directors’ incentive plans. The
Remuneration Committee sought
professional advice and guidance on the
merits of implementing these provisions
and it was agreed that no changes would
be effected at this time. The committee will
review the appropriateness of malus and
clawback provisions when the current
policy expires, based on prevailing market
practice at that time.
The Executive Directors’ salaries were
reviewed in March 2015, and all save the
Chief Financial Officer, M Michael, received
an increase of 3%, in line with the general
practice of applying inflation as a base for
salary increases across the Group.
M Michael was promoted to the Chief
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Financial Officer role on a below-market
level salary in 2013, and it was intended
that his salary would be increased each
year to reflect his demonstrated
development in the role and subject to
Company performance. For 2015, the
committee awarded M Michael a 25.5%
increase to his salary, which reflects his
continued strong performance in his role
and significant contribution to the business
and to bring his salary more in line with
market.
The Annual Report on Remuneration will
be subject to an advisory vote at the
forthcoming AGM. We continue to value
feedback from shareholders and hope to
receive your support at the AGM.
Richard Williams, MBE MC
Chairman of the Remuneration
Committee
16 March 2015
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
67
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
The Company’s remuneration policy is designed to provide a level of
remuneration which attracts, retains and motivates executives of a suitable
calibre to carry out the Company’s business strategy and maximise long-term
shareholder wealth.
The report has been prepared in
accordance with the principles of the
Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of
The Large and Medium-sized Companies
and Groups (Accounts and Reports)
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. The
Regulations require our auditors to report
to shareholders on the audited information
within this report and to state whether, in
their opinion, the relevant sections have
been prepared in accordance with the Act.
The auditors’ opinion is set out on pages 93
to 95 and we have clearly marked the
audited sections of the report.
The Company’s
remuneration policy
The Company’s remuneration policy is
designed to provide a level of
remuneration which attracts, retains and
motivates executives of a suitable calibre to
carry out the Company’s business strategy
and maximise long-term shareholder
wealth. It is intended that, as far as possible,
remuneration policies and practices will
conform to best practice in the markets in
which the Company operates and will be
aligned with shareholder interests and
promote effective management of
business risk.
The committee takes into account the UK
Listing Rules (UKLA), the principles and
provisions of the Code and the guidance
provided by institutional investor
representative bodies in determining
executive remuneration arrangements. In
deciding on the appropriate structure and
quantum of remuneration, the committee
reviews remuneration practices at
comparator companies, comprising mining
companies and UK-listed companies of a
similar size and complexity, to ensure
remuneration policies reflect, as
appropriate, prevailing industry and market
conditions. Furthermore, remuneration
policies have taken, and will continue to
take account of pay and employment
conditions elsewhere in the Group.
The committee’s policy is to weight
remuneration towards variable pay.
The aim is to provide base salaries and
benefits that are fair, and variable pay
incentives linked to the achievement
of realistic performance targets relative
to the Company’s strategy and
corporate objectives.
The Directors’ remuneration policy was put
to shareholders for approval in a binding
vote at the AGM in 2014, and having
received 95% support formally came into
effect from 10 June 2014, the date of the
AGM. The report below is as disclosed in
the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report
save a number of minor changes as
follows:
– references to financial years have been
updated where appropriate;
– pay-for-performance scenario
charts have been updated to reflect
2015 salaries; and
– approach to remuneration on
recruitment has been updated for
the clarification note released
following publication of the
Directors’ Remuneration Report and
prior to the AGM.
68
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Remuneration policy of the Company
Executive Directors
Element
Purpose and link to
strategy
Operation
Opportunity
Performance measures
Salary
– To offer a market
– Base salaries are
– No prescribed maximum
N/A
competitive base salary
to recruit and retain
individuals of the
necessary calibre to
execute the Company’s
business strategy.
Benefits
– To provide competitive
benefits taking into
account market value of
role and benefits offered
to the wider UK
management
population, in line with
the Company’s strategy
to keep remuneration
simple and consistent.
reviewed annually, with
changes effective from
1 April.
– Salaries are typically set
after considering the
salary levels in companies
of a similar size,
complexity and risk
profile, the responsibilities
of each individual role,
progression within the
role, and individual
performance.
– In setting salaries for
Executive Directors, the
committee takes note of
the overall approach to
salary reviews for the
wider workforce.
– Executive Directors
receive a cash allowance
in lieu of non-cash
benefits.
annual increase.
– It is expected that salary
increases for Executive
Directors will ordinarily
be (in percentage of
salary terms) in line with
those of the wider
workforce in countries of
a similar inflationary
environment.
– In certain circumstances
(for example where
there is a change in
responsibility, role size
or complexity, or
progression in the role),
the committee has
discretion to award a
higher increase to ensure
salary levels remain
competitive.
– Benefit value may vary
by role; the value of
benefits received during
2014 ranged between
5.5% and 6% of base
salary for the Chief
Executive Officer and
other Executive Directors
respectively.
– It is not anticipated that
the cost of benefits will
exceed this level over the
term of this policy,
though the committee
retains discretion to
approve a higher cost
in exceptional
circumstances (for
example relocation or
increase in insurance
premiums).
N/A
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
69
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued
Element
Pension
Purpose and link to
strategy
– To provide retirement
Operation
Opportunity
Performance measures
– No formal pension
– Executive Directors
N/A
receive a cash allowance
in lieu of pension which
is currently equivalent to
14.5% and 13.0% of base
salary for the Chief
Executive Officer and
other Executive Directors
respectively.
– It is not anticipated that
the cash allowance in
lieu of pension will
exceed this level over the
term of this policy,
though the committee
retains discretion to
approve a higher cost if
deemed appropriate.
– Maximum opportunity
of up to 100% of base
salary.
– For threshold level and
target level performance,
the bonus earned is 50%
and up to 68% of
maximum opportunity,
respectively.
benefits that are
appropriately
competitive.
provision is made by the
Company.
Annual
bonus
– To drive and reward
performance against
personal objectives and
selected financial and
operational KPIs which
are directly linked to
business strategy.
– The executive incentive
scheme is reviewed
annually by the
committee at the start of
the year to ensure the
opportunity and
performance measures
are appropriate and
continue to support
business strategy.
– The committee has
discretion to adjust the
formulaic outcome of
the bonus to more
accurately reflect
business and personal
performance during
the year.
– The annual bonus is paid
entirely in cash.
– Performance is
determined by the
committee on an annual
basis by reference to a
scorecard of Group
targets as detailed in the
Group’s business plan
and encapsulated in
specific KPIs as well as a
discretionary assessment
of personal performance.
– Group scorecard targets
may include growth
(incorporating Letšeng
growth plans; Ghaghoo
development; M&A
activity including
associated financing),
which is judged by the
committee on a
discretionary basis, HSSE
and operating
performance, and will
typically be weighted at
least 70% in any one
year.
– Details of the measures
and weightings for the
current year are provided
in the Annual Report on
Remuneration.
70
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Element
Employee
Share
Option Plan
(ESOP)
Purpose and link to
strategy
– To balance the delivery
of absolute and relative
returns to shareholders
in the long term, support
alignment with
shareholders, and attract,
retain and motivate
executives of the
appropriate calibre.
Operation
Opportunity
Performance measures
– Executive Directors are
granted awards of
performance shares and/
or options as determined
by the committee, which
vest after a minimum of
three years based on
performance.
– Awards are normally
made annually after the
announcement of the
full-year results but may
be made at other times
deemed appropriate by
the committee.
– The committee may vary
the ratio of performance
shares and options from
year to year, but it is the
current intention of the
committee that only
awards of performance
shares are made over the
term of this policy.
– The committee will
consider the impact of
any external factors
when determining the
final vesting outcome of
awards under the ESOP.
– Any such discretion
would be disclosed and
explained in the
following year’s Annual
Report on Remuneration.
– For performance shares,
any dividends paid
would accrue over the
vesting period and
would be paid only on
those awards that vest.
– Maximum opportunity is
up to 125% of salary in
performance shares and
250% in performance
options (subject to
overall maximum with
fair value equivalent to
125% of salary in
performance shares).
– For threshold
performance, 20% of the
maximum award vests.
– Awards vest based on
continued employment
and the Company’s
performance over a
three-year period. It is
the committee’s current
intention that the
performance measures
be based on relative TSR,
profit and production,
but may for future
awards include
additional measures
such as HSSE or strategic
objectives, as
determined by the
committee.
– Vesting is ultimately also
subject to the
committee’s assessment
of the Company’s
underlying performance.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
71
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued
Below Board level Senior Management
participate in an annual bonus scheme on
a similar basis as the Executive Directors,
although the more senior the individual,
the higher the weighting on Group
performance measures. A number of
Senior Management also receive ESOP
awards. Performance conditions and award
sizes vary to be appropriate to the
organisational level.
Pay for performance: scenario
analysis
The following graphs provide an estimate
of the potential future remuneration for
the Executive Directors and the potential
split between the different elements of
pay under three performance scenarios:
‘fixed’, ‘at target’ and ‘maximum’. Potential
remuneration is based on the policy that
will apply in 2015, applied to the salaries
effective 1 April 2015. For the annual
bonus, the amounts illustrated are those
potentially receivable in respect of
performance for 2015 (ie a maximum
of 100% of salary). ESOP values are
based on the proposed number of
shares to be awarded in 2015 and the
average share price from 1 October 2014
to 31 December 2014 of 172.2p. Note that
the projected values exclude the impact
of any share price movements and
dividend accrual.
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
(£000)
1 400
1 200
1 000
800
600
400
200
0
k
6
9
3
1
£
%
8
2
%
3
3
%
9
3
m
u
m
x
a
M
i
Chief Operating Officer
(£000)
1 000
800
600
400
200
0
k
0
3
0
1
£
%
8
2
%
3
3
%
9
3
m
u
m
x
a
M
i
k
4
3
9
£
%
9
%
3
3
%
8
5
t
e
g
r
a
t
t
A
k
8
8
6
£
%
9
%
3
3
%
8
5
t
e
g
r
a
t
t
A
(£000)
1 000
800
600
400
200
0
k
0
5
9
£
%
1
3
%
1
3
%
8
3
m
u
m
x
a
M
i
k
0
2
6
£
%
9
%
3
3
%
8
5
t
e
g
r
a
t
t
A
Chief Legal and Commercial Officer
(£000)
1000
800
600
400
200
0
k
0
6
9
£
%
0
3
%
2
3
%
8
3
m
u
m
x
a
M
i
k
8
2
6
£
%
9
%
3
3
%
8
5
t
e
g
r
a
t
t
A
k
7
5
3
£
%
0
0
1
d
e
x
F
i
k
2
6
3
£
%
0
0
1
d
e
x
F
i
k
5
4
5
£
%
0
0
1
d
e
x
F
i
k
1
0
4
£
%
0
0
1
d
e
x
F
i
(cid:81) Salary, pension and benefits
(cid:81) Annual bonus
(cid:81) Long-term incentives
Notes to policy table
Payments from existing
arrangements
Executive Directors will be eligible to
receive remuneration or other payment in
respect of any award granted or payment
agreed prior to the approval and
implementation of the policy, or prior to
the individual becoming a director.
Such payments include awards made to
M Michael under the 2007 LTIP and under
the ESOP prior to his appointment to the
Board in 2013, awards made to other
Executive Directors under the ESOP prior to
the revisions being proposed at the 2014
AGM, as well as payments in lieu of annual
leave entitlements under the previous
policy on annual leave entitlements.
Details of any such awards or payments
are disclosed in the Annual Report
on Remuneration.
Selection of performance
measures (bonuses and ESOPs)
The performance measures used in the
Company’s executive incentive scheme
have been selected to ensure incentives
reinforce the Company strategy and
align executive interests closely with those
of shareholders.
Performance targets are set to be
stretching and achievable, taking into
account the Company’s strategic priorities
and the economic environment in
which the Company operates. Targets
are set taking into account a range of
reference points including the Group’s
business plan. The committee believes that
the performance targets set are adequately
stretching, and that the maximum
outcomes are achievable only for
exceptional performance.
Remuneration policy for other
employees
The approach to salary reviews is
consistent across the Group, with
consideration given to the level of
responsibility, experience, individual
performance, market levels and the
Company’s ability to pay.
72
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
The ‘fixed’ scenario includes base salary,
pension and benefits only.
required to deliver the Company’s strategy
and create value for shareholders.
The ‘at target’ scenario includes fixed
remuneration as above, plus a target
payout of 68% maximum annual bonus
and 20% vesting under the ESOP.
The ‘maximum’ scenario includes fixed
remuneration, plus full payout/vesting
of all incentives.
Approach to remuneration on
executive recruitment
In recruiting new Executive Directors, the
committee will typically follow the existing
remuneration policy as set out in the policy
table, but retains the discretion to offer
remuneration that is outside of the policy if
necessary to enable the recruitment of an
individual of the appropriate calibre. The
committee will pay no more than is
appropriate while seeking to secure the
necessary world-class Executive Directors
On appointment of an external Executive
Director, any arrangement specifically
established to recruit an individual would
be capped at the limits described in the
policy table. The committee does not
envisage a payment such as a ‘golden
hello’ would be offered, although the
committee may consider it appropriate to
compensate for incentive arrangements
the Director forfeits on leaving his/her
current employer. Any such buy-out
compensation would be on a comparable
basis taking into account factors including
the performance conditions attached to
these awards, the likelihood of conditions
being met, and the remaining vesting
period of these awards. The committee
would use the remuneration components
under the regular policy to make such
buy-out awards but may also exercise its
discretion under Listing Rule 9.4.2 if an
alternative incentive structure was
required.
In the case of internal promotions, any
commitments made prior to promotion
and the approval of the remuneration
policy, will be honoured.
Service contracts
The Company’s policy is to limit
termination payments on termination to
pre-established contractual arrangements.
In the event that the employment of an
Executive Director is terminated, any
compensation payable will be determined
in accordance with the terms of the service
contract between the Company and the
employee, as well as the rules of any
incentive plans. Details of the Executive
Directors’ service contracts are summarised
in the table below.
Directors
CT Elphick
M Michael
GE Turner
Contract date
Unexpired term
Notice period1
Contractual termination payment2
13 February 2007
Rolling contract
22 April 2013
1 July 2008
Rolling contract
Rolling contract
12 months
12 months
12 months
Pay salary on summary termination. Benefits
are payable only at the committee’s
discretion.
AR Ashworth
1 At the Remuneration Committee meeting held on 4 March 2013 and after having reviewed market practice of FTSE-listed companies and other companies in the
Rolling contract
1 March 2008
12 months
mining sector, the committee approved the extension of the notice period for the Executive Directors to 12 months (both from the Company and from the
Director). This revision took effect as of 1 March 2013.
2 There are no special provisions in the contracts extending the notice period on a change of control or other corporate events.
Payments for loss of office under all service contracts
If an Executive Director’s contract is terminated, payments equal to salary in lieu of notice can be made monthly during the notice period.
Benefits are payable only at the committee’s discretion. Payment in lieu of unused annual leave entitlement can be made at the effective
salary rate at the point of termination.
The table below provides details of exit payments under different leaver scenarios.
Incentive plan
Scenario
Time of payment/vesting
Calculation of payment/vesting
Annual bonus
– Death, disability, ill health,
redundancy, retirement, or any
other reasons the committee may
determine (normally not
including resignation or where
there are concerns as to
performance).
– Normal payment date, although
the committee has discretion to
accelerate (eg in relation to
death).
– Performance against targets will be
assessed by the committee at the
end of the year and any resulting
bonus is pro rated for proportion
of the year worked.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
– Change of control (whether or
– On change of control.
not employment is terminated as
a result).
– Performance against targets will be
assessed by the committee up to
the date of change of control and
any resulting bonus is pro rated for
time.
– All other reasons
– Ineligible
– N/A
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
73
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued
Incentive plan
Scenario
Time of payment/vesting
Calculation of payment/vesting
ESOP
– Death, disability, ill health,
– Normal vesting date, although
redundancy, retirement, or any
other reasons the committee may
determine (normally not
including resignation or where
there are concerns as to
performance).
the committee has discretion to
accelerate.
– Change of control (whether or
– On change of control.
not employment is terminated as
a result).
– Unvested awards will be pro rated
for time unless the committee
decides otherwise, and based on
performance.
– Unvested awards will be pro rated
for time unless the committee
decides otherwise, and based on
performance up to the date of
change of control. Executive
Directors can elect to exchange
ESOP awards for those of the
acquiring company, if offered.
– All other reasons.
– Awards lapse.
– N/A
Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors do not receive benefits from the Company and they are not eligible to participate in any bonus or share incentive
scheme.
Details of the policy on non-Executive Director fees are set out in the table below.
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Opportunity
– To attract and retain a high-calibre
– Fees are reviewed annually, with any
– No prescribed maximum annual
Chairman and non-Executive Directors
with experience relevant to the
Company.
changes effective from 1 April.
increase.
– Fees are typically set after considering
current market levels and taking into
account time commitment and
responsibilities involved.
– All non-Executive Directors, including
the Chairman, are each paid an all
inclusive fee. No additional fees are paid
for chairmanship of committees.
– All fees are payable in cash in arrears.
– The non-Executive Directors do not
participate in any of the Group’s
incentive plans. No other benefits or
remuneration are provided to non-
Executive Directors.
– It is expected that fee increases will
typically be in line with market levels of
fee inflation.
– In certain circumstances (for example
where there is a change in time
commitment required or a material
misalignment with market), the
committee has the discretion to make
adjustments to fee levels to ensure they
remain competitive.
On appointment, a new non-Executive Director’s fees would be on the same basis as that disclosed above.
74
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Non-Executive Directors’ appointment terms
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts. Summary details of terms and notice periods for non-Executive Directors are
included below.
Directors
Contract date
Unexpired term
Notice period
Contractual termination payment
RW Davis
DJ Elzas
GA Beevers
M Salmon
RJ Williams
1 February 2007
Rolling appointment
Three months
1 February 2007
Rolling appointment
Three months
1 February 2007
Rolling appointment
Three months
3 February 2008
Rolling appointment
Three months
3 February 2008
Rolling appointment
Three months
No provision for payment of
compensation
Considerations of
conditions elsewhere in
the Group
The committee considers the remuneration
and employment conditions elsewhere in
the Group when determining
remuneration for Executive Directors.
Although the committee does not
currently consult specifically with
employees on the executive remuneration
policy, it receives regular updates from the
Chief Financial Officer on the pay
conditions for employees around the
Group, and takes these into account when
determining Executive Director
remuneration.
Considerations of
shareholder views
The committee always welcomes feedback
from shareholders on the Company’s
remuneration policy and commits to
undergoing shareholder consultation in
advance of any significant changes to
policy. Detail on the votes received on
the Directors’ Remuneration Report at the
prior AGM is provided in the Annual Report
on Remuneration.
External directorships
Executive Directors are permitted to accept
external directorships with prior approval
of the Chairman. Approval will only be
given where the appointment does not
present a conflict of interest with the
Group’s activities and the experience
gained will be beneficial to the
development of the individual. Where fees
are payable in respect of such
appointments, these would be retained by
the Executive Director. Refer to page 85 for
further details.
Richard Williams, MBE MC
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
16 March 2015
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
75
THE ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
Composition of the Remuneration Committee
The committee comprises the following members:
Committee members
RJ Williams – Chairman
RW Davis
DJ Elzas
M Salamon
Member
throughout 2014
Number of meetings
held/attended 2014
√
√
√
√
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer attend committee
meetings by invitation and assist the
committee in its deliberations except when
issues relating to their own remuneration
are discussed. Representatives of Kepler
Associates also attend the meeting by
invitation.
Role of the Remuneration
Committee
The committee is a formal committee of
the Board. Its terms of reference are
available on the Company’s website and
conform to the Code.
The committee’s main responsibilities are to:
– consider and agree on the Company’s
executive remuneration policies for
adoption by the shareholders at
the AGM;
– determine individual remuneration
packages for the Chairman, the
Executive Directors and the Company
Secretary together with certain senior
managers;
– monitor and recommend the level and
structure of remuneration for Senior
Management;
– approve the design of performance-
related pay schemes operated by the
Group and approve total annual
payments;
– review the design of all share-based
incentive plans and approve the awards
to be made;
– determine the basis for calculating
bonuses payable to the Executive
Directors and Senior Management;
– make recommendations to the Board on
the fees offered to the non-Executive
Directors; and
– consider major changes in employee
remuneration in the Group and select
and appoint consultants to advise the
committee.
The committee’s policy is to encourage an
open and transparent dialogue with
shareholders on remuneration matters and
would seek to consult with major
shareholders prior to implementing any
significant changes to the remuneration
policy.
Activities of the
Remuneration Committee
in 2014
The activities of the committee are
governed by its terms of reference which
reflect best practice. A review of the
committee’s terms of reference and the
committee’s effectiveness was carried out
in March 2014. There were no material
issues identified or action arising therefrom.
During the year, activities undertaken by
the committee included:
– approving the Directors’ Remuneration
Report for 2013;
– agreeing the basis of the award of
annual bonuses;
– reviewing share plan performance;
– reviewing changes to performance
measures and targets of the ESOP
applicable to grants made to all
participants;
– reviewing Senior Management
remuneration in light of developments
in best practice and market trends;
– reviewing and approving the base salary
and benefits of the Chairman, Executive
Directors and Company Secretary;
– setting and approving targets for 2014
cash bonuses applicable to Executive
Directors and Senior Management;
– reviewing share awards for the Executive
Directors; and
– reviewing operating unit incentive plans.
Advisers to the committee
Kepler Associates appointed by the
committee in February 2010 provided
independent remuneration advice to the
committee and attended committee
meetings during 2014. Kepler Associates
provide remuneration advice to a large
portfolio of clients including many in the
FTSE 350; this gives the committee comfort
that the advice provided is appropriate and
relevant. Kepler Associates provide no
non-remuneration services to the Group
and are in no other way connected to the
Group and therefore considered to be
independent. The fees payable in relation
to 2014 were £31 319 (US$51 600)
excluding VAT.
Voting outcome for 2013
The table below shows the results of the advisory vote on the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report at 10 June 2014 AGM.
Total number of votes
117 681 350
5 616 314
123 297 664
4 100
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Percentage of votes cast (%)
95.4%
Total number of votes
123 291 751
Annual Report on Remuneration
Percentage of votes cast (%)
100.0%
4.6%
5 913
0.0%
100%
123 297 664
4 100
100%
Audited
For
Against
Total
votes cast
Abstentions
76
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Total single figure of remuneration for Directors
The table below sets out the total single figure remuneration received by each Director for 2014 and the prior year.
Salary and fees1
Cash payments
in lieu of other
non-cash benefits2
Bonuses3
Cash
payments
in lieu of pension2
ESOP4
Other5
2014
£
438 121
324 419
234 220
293 498
2013
£
428 480
317 280
165 000
287 040
2014
£
24 097
19 465
14 053
17 610
2013
£
23 566
19 037
9 900
17 222
2014
£
367 190
271 896
198 815
245 982
2013
£
262 230
181 484
139 040
175 668
2014
£
63 527
42 175
30 449
38 155
62 130
41 246
21 450
37 315
1 290 258
1 197 800
75 225
69 725
1 083 883
758 422
174 306
162 141
100 000
52 500
52 500
52 500
52 500
100 000
52 500
52 500
52 500
52 500
310 000
310 000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1 600 258
1 507 800
75 225
69 725
1 083 883
758 422
174 306
162 141
2013
£
2014
£
2013
£
2014
£
2013
£
Total
2014
£
Total
2013
£
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
26 765
57 148
892 935
657 955
477 537
595 245
776 406
559 047
362 155
574 393
83 913
2 623 672
2 272 001
–
–
–
–
–
100 000
52 500
52 500
52 500
52 500
100 000
52 500
52 500
52 500
52 500
–
310 000
310 000
–
83 913
2 933 672
2 582 001
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael1
GE Turner
Total of
Executive
Directors
RW Davis
GA Beevers
DJ Elzas
M Salamon
RJ Williams
Total of non–
Executive
Directors
Total of all
Directors
Audited
1 Salary and fees: amount earned for the year.
2 Benefits and pension: cash payments in lieu.
3 Bonuses: payment for performance during the year.
4 ESOP: value at vesting of awards vesting on performance over the three-year periods ended 31 December 2013 (for ESOP 2011) and 31 December 2014 (for ESOP 2012) (the latter lapsed in full in March 2015).
5 M Michael and GE Turner received £26 765 and £57 148, respectively, in lieu of annual leave entitlement in 2013. Further details pertaining to the payments in lieu of annual leave entitlement are disclosed in the 2013
Annual Report on Remuneration.
Note: Although the Group’s reporting currency is US dollars these figures are stated in sterling as the Directors’ emoluments are paid
in this currency.
Pensions and other benefits
No formal pension provision is made by
the Company. Instead Executive Directors
received a cash allowance in lieu of
pension which was equivalent to 14.5%
and 13.0% of base salary for the Chief
Executive Officer and other Executive
Directors respectively. Executive Directors
received a cash allowance in lieu of other
non-cash benefits the value of which
ranged between 5.5% and 6% of base
salary during 2014.
2014 annual bonus
Executive Directors participate in a
discretionary annual bonus arrangement
designed to focus participants on the
following business critical factors: (i) growth
strategy implementation; (ii) funding;
(iii) financial and operational performance;
(iv) health, safety, social, environment,
sustainability, image and relationships; and
(v) sales, marketing and manufacturing, all
of which are underpinned by specific key
performance indicators and which are
included in the business plan approved by
the Board. The maximum bonus payable to
Executive Directors is 100% of base salary
with 80% linked to a business scorecard
and 20% linked to a discretionary
assessment of personal performance.
Details of the business scorecard split used
for 2014 are shown below.
Scorecard
The executive bonus scheme for 2014 was
based on the 2014 business plan objectives
and premised on a similar structure to that
of the 2013 bonus scheme. In 2014 the
executive bonus scheme was based on:
– business performance: 80%; and
– personal performance: 20%.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
77
THE ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued
Business performance
The following key metrics were considered under business performance in 2014:
Performance measure
Growth (incorporating Letšeng growth plans, Ghaghoo development, and M&A activities including associated funding)
Operating performance
HSSE performance
Weighting %
of maximum
30
50
20
The growth component of the bonus is assessed at the discretion of the committee. In terms of performance against the Group’s growth targets
the committee considered the excellent progress made in the year in completing the development of Ghaghoo in relation to budget, in
managing the political challenges experienced at Letšeng, and in the Executive Directors’ efforts in assessing possible strategic activities. The
committee concluded that the growth component of the bonus deserved a payout of 24% (relative to a maximum of 30%).
Operating performance comprised the following key elements with threshold and stretch targets as set out in the table:
Performance measure
(operating performance)
Underlying EBITDA
Earnings per share
Waste tonnes mined
Ore tonnes treated
Production – carats recovered
Total
Threshold
% business
plan target
(50% payout)
Stretch %
to business
plan target
(100% payout)
Weighting
%
20
20
20
20
20
80
80
95
95
85
120
120
100
105
115
Actual
performance
Above stretch
Above stretch
Above stretch
Above stretch
Below threshold
Payout
%
20
20
20
20
0
80
HSSE performance comprised the following key elements with threshold and stretch targets as set out in the table:
Performance measure (HSSE
performance)
Fatalities
All injury frequency rate
Major environmental or community
incidents
HSSE legal compliance
Total
Threshold
% business
plan target
(50% payout)
Stretch %
to business
plan target
(100% payout)
Weighting
%
Actual
performance
Payout
%
25
25
25
25
Zero
80
Zero
100
Below threshold
Above stretch
Zero
Subjective
Zero
Subjective
Stretch
Stretch
0
25
25
25
75
The business performance targets, in respect of the 2014 bonus, have not been disclosed in this year’s report as they are considered
commercially sensitive by the Board given the close link between performance targets and business strategy. The committee will keep this
under review and targets will be disclosed at a point in the future when they are no longer considered sensitive.
Personal performance
The personal performance measures were based on individual KPIs as agreed with the Chief Executive Officer.
These included but were not limited to:
– manage and develop investor relations programme;
– discussions with key stakeholders;
– business development;
– delivery of strategic projects;
– HSSE objectives;
– operation performance;
– growth; and
– bank financing projects.
78
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Actual bonuses awarded for 2014
Based on business and personal performance actual bonuses for 2014 were as follows:
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
Audited
% of salary
83.2
83.2
83.2
83.2
Bonus
£
367 190
271 896
198 815
245 982
2012 Employee Share Option Plan
(ESOP)
On 20 March 2012, the Executive Directors
received awards of shares and options
under the ESOP. Vesting of awards was
subject to the achievement of challenging
performance conditions based on the
Company’s three-year relative TSR. TSR
performance was measured relative to two
benchmarks as follows:
– 50% of the award based on the
Company’s performance relative to a
peer group of global diamond mining
and exploration companies; and
– 50% of the award is based on the
Company’s performance relative to the
FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment
trusts).
The global diamond benchmark was based
on the average TSR of the diamond
companies weighted by their market
capitalisation at the start of the three-year
performance period. Weighting individual
comparator TSRs by their market caps
helps reduce the sensitivity of ESOP
outcomes to the smaller comparator
companies which are likely to have more
volatile TSRs than the Company.
The diamond peer group for the 2012
cycles comprised Mountain Province
Diamonds, Petra Diamonds, Rockwell
Diamonds, Shore Gold and Trans Hex
Group. African Diamonds Limited was
taken over by Lucara Diamond Corp in
December 2010. Lucara Diamond Corp
therefore replaced African Diamonds
Limited for the 2012 grant. Vaaldiam
Resources was taken over by BCKP Limited
in July 2012 and Namakwa was delisted in
2013. Both of these companies were
subsequently removed from the diamond
peer group for the 2012 grant.
25% of the award vests if the Company’s
three-year TSR is in line with benchmark
performance with full vesting if the
Company’s TSR exceeds that of its
benchmark by 12% per annum which the
committee believes is broadly equivalent
to upper quartile performance. There is
straight-line pro rata vesting for
performance between benchmark and
benchmark +12% per annum.
The three-year period over which
performance was measured ended on
31 December 2014. Actual TSR was 16.1%
per annum below the diamond peer group
and 19.7% per annum below the FTSE 250
(excluding investment trusts). As a result,
the awards will lapse on 20 March 2015.
The table below sets out the awards held by Executive Directors under the March 2012 ESOP.
Executive
Directors
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael1
GE Turner
Awards
Performance shares
Performance options
Performance shares
Performance options
Performance shares
Performance options
Performance shares
Performance options
Awards
held
45 000
90 000
34 000
68 000
20 000
40 000
30 000
60 000
Vesting % Interest vesting
Date vesting
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
20 March 2015
20 March 2015
20 March 2015
Nil
20 March 2015
Exercise
price
$0.01
300.05p
$0.01
300.05p
$0.01
300.05p
$0.01
300.05p
Audited
1 These awards were granted to M Michael before he became a Director in April 2013. The performance conditions are the same as those for awards made to the
other Executive Directors in 2012 (ie relative TSR).
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
79
THE ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued
ESOP awards made during 2014
As set out in the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Remuneration Committee conducted a review of the existing ESOP, with a view
to ensuring the plan’s performance criteria was more aligned with the Group’s strategy and more resilient to uncontrollable factors and to
reflect recent remuneration trends in the mining sector. The revised plan was subsequently approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.
Under the revised ESOP, Executive Directors have a maximum opportunity of 125% of salary in performance shares (or 250% in performance
options subject to an overall maximum, with fair value equivalent to 125% of salary in performance shares). In June 2014, awards of
performance shares with a face value of 75% of salary were made to the Executive Directors.
Executive Director
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
Date of grant
10 June 2014
10 June 2014
10 June 2014
10 June 2014
Awards made
during the year
Share price on
date of award
£
Face value
on date of award
£
Face value
as % of salary
206 000
153 000
112 000
138 000
1.61
1.61
1.61
1.61
331 372
246 116
180 163
221 987
75
75
75
75
These awards will vest based on relative
TSR (25% of the award), profit (37.5%) and
production (37.5%) measured over the
three-year performance period ending
31 December 2016.
The TSR element will be based on the
Company’s relative TSR ranking against the
constituents of the FTSE 350 Mining Index.
20% of the maximum award will vest for
TSR in line with the median, 80% will vest
for TSR in line with 75th percentile and
there will be full vesting only for TSR in line
with 85th percentile. For performance in
between these points, the award will vest
on a straight-line basis.
Under the profit element, 20% of the
maximum award will vest for achieving
80% of the business plan, 80% will vest for
120% of the business plan and there will be
full vesting for achieving 132% of the
business plan; straight-line vesting applies
between these points. Under the
production element, 20% of the maximum
award will vest for achieving an average of
90% of the business plan, 80% will vest for
110% of the business plan and there will be
full vesting for achieving an average of
121% of the business plan; straight-line
vesting applies between these points. The
precise profit and production performance
ranges will be disclosed after the
performance period has ended as these
targets relate to the Company’s business
plan and medium and long-term strategy
and are therefore considered commercially
sensitive.
The committee is satisfied that the
performance targets set for the 2014
awards (as described above) are sufficiently
stretching and full vesting is achievable
only for exceptional performance.
Exit payments/payments to
previous Directors
No exit payments or payments to previous
Directors were made during the year.
Implementation of remuneration policy for 2015
The committee approved the following salary increases from 1 April 2015:
Executive Director
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
Audited
2014 salary
£
2015 salary
£
% increase
441 334
326 798
238 960
295 651
454 574
336 602
300 000
304 521
3.0
3.0
25.5
3.0
M Michael was appointed to the Board in 2013 on a salary that was below the median level for companies of similar size and sector and
significantly below the levels of the other Executive Directors. The committee’s intention was to gradually increase his salary each year to
reflect his demonstrated development in his role as Chief Financial Officer and the performance of the business. In this context, the
committee increased M Michael’s salary by 25.5% to £300 000 effective 1 April 2015. This increase reflects M Michael’s continued strong
performance in his role and significant contribution to the business.
80
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Pension and benefits
Executive Directors will continue to receive
cash supplements in lieu of pension and
benefits in line with the current policy.
Annual bonus
In 2015, the annual bonus will have the
same maximum opportunity and will
operate on broadly the same basis as for
2014. The measures have been selected to
reflect a range of financial and operational
goals that support the key strategic
objectives of the Group. The performance
measures and weightings will be similar
to those in 2014 but may vary at the
committee’s discretion. The targets are
commercially sensitive at this time and will
therefore not be disclosed until such time
that the committee determines to be
appropriate.
As mentioned in the Chairman’s Statement
in September 2014, the FRC introduced
changes to the Code recommending
that companies introduce prevesting
performance adjustments (malus) and
post-vesting clawback provisions for
Executive Directors’ incentive plans.
The Remuneration Committee considered
the matter and agreed that no changes
would be effected at this time in relation
to both the annual bonus and ESOP. The
committee will review the appropriateness
of malus and clawback provisions when
the current policy expires based on
prevailing market practice at that time.
ESOP
In advance of each ESOP cycle the
committee reviews the performance
measures and corresponding targets to
ensure they are appropriately stretching
over the performance period. For 2015 the
ESOP will continue to operate on the same
basis as in 2014. The Chief Executive
Officer will receive an award of 230 000
performance shares (equivalent to 87% of
salary) and the other Executive Directors
will each receive an award of 170 000
performance shares (equivalent to
between 87% and 98% of salary). Vesting
will be based on the TSR versus the
constituents of the FTSE 350 Mining Index
(25% of the award), profit (37.5%) and
production (37.5%) objectives measured
over the three-year performance period
ending on 31 December 2017. The relative
TSR targets remain unchanged from 2014
and the profit and production targets will
be disclosed after the performance period
has ended as these targets relate to the
Company’s business plan and medium and
long-term strategy and are therefore
considered commercially sensitive.
Chairman and non-
Executive Director fees
Chairman and non-Executive Director fees
were last reviewed in March 2014 when it
was agreed no changes would be made
at this time. Fees were also reviewed in
March 2015 when it was agreed that the
Chairman’s fee would be increased by
10% from £100 000 to £110 000 and the
non-Executive Directors’ fees by 4.8%
from R52 500 to R55 000 in line with
market fee levels for companies of
similar size and sector.
The percentage increase in Chief Executive Officer remuneration (salary, benefits and
annual bonus) compared with employee pay 2014
2014
£
438 121
24 097
367 190
829 408
CT Elphick
2013
£
428 480
23 566
262 230
714 276
% increase
Other employees
2014
£
2013
£
% increase
2
2
40
16
11 968 035
10 950 685
1 110 625
2 201 672
931 855
1 369 135
15 280 332
13 251 675
9
19
61
15
Base salaries
Benefits
Annual bonuses
Total
Audited
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the percentage change in total employee pay expenditure and shareholder distributions (that is dividends and share
buy-backs) from the financial year ended 31 December 2013 to the financial year ended 31 December 2014.
Distribution to shareholders
Employee remuneration1
2014
US$
6 913 491
2013
US$
Nil
25 193 146
21 949 159
%
N/A
15
Audited
1 Includes salary pension and benefits bonus accounting charge for the ESOP employer’s NI but excludes employees’ NI.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
81
THE ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued
Pay for performance
The graph below shows the Company’s TSR performance compared with the performance of the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)
and the ESOP comparator group over the six-year period to 31 December 2014. The former has been selected to reflect broad market
movements and the latter has been selected because the Group believes it is affected by similar commercial and economic factors to the
comparator group.
Value of £100 invested on 1 January 2009
Gem Diamonds versus ESOP global mining and exploration comparators and FTSE 250 XIT INDEX
£350
£300
£250
£200
£150
£100
£50
£0
Dec 2008
Dec 2009
Dec 2010
Dec 2011
Dec 2012
Dec 2013
Dec 2014
Gem Diamonds
FTSE 250 XIT
Median of ESOP peers
FTSE 350 Mining Index
Chief Executive Officer single
figure of remuneration (£)
Annual bonus outcome (% of
maximum)
ESOP vesting outcome (% of
maximum)
Audited
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
640 150
726 050
797 755
564 419
776 406
892 935
54
Nil
67
Nil
75
Nil
13
Nil
61
Nil
83
Nil
82
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Dilution
ESOP awards may be satisfied with newly issued shares subject to aggregate dilution limits. The issue of shares to satisfy awards under
the Company’s share schemes will not exceed 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital in any rolling 10-year period. As of
31 December 2014, 1 673 333 shares (1.21% of issued share capital) have been or may be issued pursuant to all awards made over the
last 10 years.
Details of awards of performance shares to Directors
Earliest
normal
exercise
date
Date of
grant
Perform-
ance
shares at
31 December
2014
Expiry
date
Market
value at
date of
grant
US$
131 700
135 023
331 372
89 556
102 017
246 116
52 680
60 010
Perform-
ance
shares1 as at
1 January
2014
Exercised
in the
year
Granted
in the
year
Lapsed
in the
year2
Exercise
price
US$
50 000
45 000
–
34 000
34 000
–
20 000
20 000
24 0003
–
30 333
30 000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
206 000
–
–
153 000
–
–
–
112 000
(50 000)
–
–
(34 000)
–
–
(20 000)
–
–
–
–
–
138 000
(30 333)
–
–
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Directors
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
10 June 2014
10 June 2017
10 June 2024
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
10 June 2014
10 June 2017
10 June 2024
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
42 624 11 September 20123
1 January 2016
31 December 2023
180 163
10 June 2014
10 June 2017
10 June 2024
79 897
90 015
221 987
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
10 June 2014
10 June 2017
10 June 2024
–
45 000
206 000
251 000
–
34 000
153 000
187 000
–
20 000
24 000
112 000
156 000
–
30 000
138 000
168 000
Audited
1 Conditional right to acquire shares.
2 2011 awards were granted on 13 June 2011. The vesting criteria runs on a calendar year basis. Based on performance to 31 December 2013, it was determined that
none would vest on 13 June 2014.
3 These awards were granted to M Michael before he became a Director. The terms of the awards made in September 2012 differ from the ESOP performance
conditions for Executive Directors and were only granted to senior managers. In brief, the scheme provides that a third of the awards granted in 2012 will vest in
2014, 2015 and 2016 based on performance in each of the 2013, 2014 and 2015 financial years. The extent to which the awards vest will depend on the achievement
of Group and individual targets (weighted 70 and 30 of the total respectively) in each of the three one-year performance periods. Any awards that vest will be
banked and may only be exercised at the end of the three-year performance period. As soon as reasonably practicable, following the end of the performance
periods, the achievement of the targets for each of the 2013, 2014 and 2015 financial years are calculated. Based on performance in 2013 and 2014, 77% of
M Michael’s award will be banked.
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
83
THE ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued
Details of awards of performance options to Directors
Perform-
ance
shares1 as at
1 January
2014
100 000
90 000
68 000
68 000
40 000
40 000
48 0003
60 667
60 000
Directors
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
Exercised
in the
year
Granted
in the
year
Lapsed
in the
year2
Exercise
price
GB pence
Date of
grant
Earliest
normal
exercise
date
Perform-
ance
shares at
31 December
2014
Expiry
date
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(100 000)
–
(68 000)
–
(40 000)
–
–
263.40
300.05
263.40
300.05
263.40
300.05
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
177.60 11 September 2012
1 January 2016
31 December 2023
(60 667)
–
263.40
300.05
13 June 2011
13 June 2014
13 June 2021
20 March 2012
20 March 2015
20 March 2022
–
90 000
90 000
–
68 000
68 000
–
40 000
48 000
88 000
–
60 000
60 000
Audited
1 Option is a right to acquire shares granted under the plan including, unless indicated otherwise, a nil-cost option. The market price of an ordinary share at the year end was
174.75 pence. The highest and closing prices in the year were 221.50 pence and 141.00 pence respectively. Details of the vesting conditions, which are subject to audit, for
awards made under the ESOP are included in Note 24 of the financial statements and a full set of the rules will be available for inspection at the AGM.
2 2011 awards were granted on 13 June 2011. The vesting criteria run on a calendar year basis. Based on performance to 31 December 2013, it was determined that
none would vest on 13 June 2014.
3 These awards were granted to M Michael before he became a Director. The terms of the awards made in September 2012 differ from the ESOP performance
conditions for Executive Directors and were only granted to senior managers. In brief the scheme provides that a third of the awards granted in 2012 will vest in
2014, 2015, and 2016 based on performance in each of the 2013, 2014 and 2015 financial years. The extent to which the awards vest will depend on the
achievement of Group and individual targets (weighted 70% and 30% of the total respectively) in each of the three one-year performance periods. Any awards that
vest will be banked and may only be exercised at the end of the three-year performance period. As soon as reasonably practicable following the end of the
performance periods, the achievement of the targets for each of the 2013, 2014 and 2015 financial years are calculated. Based on performance in 2013 and 2014,
77% of M Michael’s award will be banked.
Directors’ shareholdings and interests in shares
Details of interests in the share capital of the Company of those Directors in office as at 31 December 2014 are given below. It is confirmed
that there were no changes to the Directors’ holdings between 31 December 2014 and up to the date of this report. No Director held an
interest in the shares of any subsidiary company.
In addition to these interests in shares, the Executive Directors, along with other employees, also have conditional rights to acquire shares
under the Company’s long-term incentive plan disclosed in Note 24 to the financial statements.
Executive Directors
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
M Michael
GE Turner
Performance shares held
Performance options held
Shares owned
outright as at
31 December
2014
9 325 0001
21 900
10 000
400 000
Subject to
performance
conditions
Vested but
not exercised
Subject to
performance
conditions
Vested but
not exercised
Total
shareholding
251 000
187 000
156 000
168 000
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
90 000
68 000
88 000
60 000
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
9 666 000
276 900
254 000
628 000
Audited
1 CT Elphick is interested in these ordinary shares by virtue of his interest as a potential beneficiary in a discretionary trust which has an indirect interest in those ordinary
shares.
84
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Non-Executive Directors
RW Davis
GA Beevers
DJ Elzas
M Salamon
RJ Williams
Audited
Number
of shares as at
31 December
2014 held in
own right
1 267 752
159 964
144 664
316 944
164 664
Directors’ external appointments
Apart from private Group interests listed in the prospectus dated 1 April 2009, no Executive Director holds any significant executive
directorship or appointments outside the Group with the exception of Clifford Elphick, who was appointed non-Executive Chairman of
Jumelles Holdings Limited in 2009 and Zanaga Iron Ore Co Limited, which listed on the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange in
November 2010. Total fees paid to Clifford Elphick by Zanaga is £83 000. Dave Elzas was also appointed a non-Executive Director of Zanaga
Iron Ore Co Limited in November 2010. Any fees paid to Clifford Elphick or Dave Elzas in fulfilling these external roles are retained by them.
By order of the Board
Richard Williams MBE MC
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
16 March 2015
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
85
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Under the requirements of the Companies Act, 2006, the Directors have
prepared a Strategic Report and a Directors’ Report to inform shareholders of
the Company and help them assess the extent to which the Directors
performed their duty to promote the success of the Company.
plans, intentions and strategies are
inherently subject to change and are based
on expectations and assumptions about
future events, circumstances and other
factors which are, in some cases, outside
the Company’s control. The information
contained in the Strategic Report has been
prepared on the basis of the knowledge
and information available to Directors
at the date of its preparation and the
Company does not undertake any
obligation to update or revise the Strategic
Report during the financial year ahead. It is
believed that the expectations set out in
the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, but they may be affected by a
wide range of variables which could cause
actual results or trends to differ materially.
In particular, the forward-looking
statements should be read in context. The
Company’s shareholders are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on the forward-
looking statements. Shareholders should
note that the Strategic Report has not been
audited, but the Auditors’ Report does
include a statement that the Strategic
Report is consistent with the financial
statements herein.
Related-party transaction
Other than those disclosed in Note 22 of
the financial statements, the Company did
not have any transactions with, nor made
loans to related parties during the period in
which any Director is or was interested.
Exploration and resource
development
Resource development activities were
concentrated at Letšeng with the 2013/14
resource drilling programme which was
completed in the first quarter of 2014.
The drilling programme was largely
aimed at improving the resolution and
understanding of the upper portions of the
resource on both the Main and Satellite
pipes. This drilling programme contributed
to the extension of the Letšeng indicated
resource base by 127%.
Discrete production sampling of both
orebodies at Letšeng continued in 2014
together with detailed geological and
petrographical analysis of the orebodies.
Further details can be found in the Mineral
Resource Management section on pages
35 to 39.
No resource development work was
conducted on the Ghaghoo asset
during 2014.
Results and dividends
The Group’s attributable profit after
taxation amounted to US$33.2 million
(2013: US$21.2 million).
The Group’s detailed financial results are set
out in the financial statements section on
pages 92 to 144.
The current focus of the Group is on
internal growth and surplus cash is
invested into its capital projects at Letšeng
and Ghaghoo. However, as already
indicated to the market during 2014 the
Board recommends that a dividend be
declared for the 2014 financial year. The
Board has adopted a policy that will
determine the appropriate dividend each
year, based on consideration of the
Company’s cash resources; the level of free
cash flow and earnings generated during
the year; and expected funding
commitments for capital projects relating
to the Group’s growth strategy, and will aim
to pay a total dividend at an approximately
consistent proportion of sustaining net
earnings. Dividends are expected to be
declared by the Board annually with the
full-year results. A dividend representing
a total amount of US$6.9 million or
5 US cents per share will be proposed
at the 2015 AGM.
The Directors take pleasure in submitting
the financial statements of the Group for
the year ended 31 December 2014.
As a BVI registered company, Gem
Diamonds Limited is not obliged to comply
with the Companies Act, 2006.
However, the Directors have elected to
conform to the requirements of the
Companies Act, 2006.
This requires that the Directors present a
Strategic Report and a Directors’ Report to
inform shareholders of the Company and
help them assess the extent to which the
Directors performed their duty to promote
the success of the Company.
For the purposes of compliance with DTR
4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R, the required
content of the ‘Management Report’ can
be found in the Strategic Report and the
Directors’ Report, including the sections of
the Annual Report and Accounts
incorporated by reference.
The Strategic Report has been prepared to
provide the Company’s shareholders with a
fair review of the business of the Company
and a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties facing it. It may not be relied
upon by anyone, including the Company’s
shareholders, for any other purpose.
The Strategic Report and other sections
of this report contain forward-looking
statements. By their nature, forward-
looking statements involve a number of
risks, uncertainties and future assumptions
because they relate to events and/or
depend on circumstances that may or may
not occur in the future which could cause
actual results and outcomes to differ
materially from those expressed or implied
by the forward-looking statements. No
assurance can be given that the forward-
looking statements in the Strategic Report
will be realised. Statements about the
Directors’ expectations, beliefs, hopes,
86
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Corporate social
responsibility and
sustainability
A review of health, safety, corporate social
responsibility, environmental performance
and community participation is presented
in the Sustainable Development Review on
pages 40 to 43.
Greenhouse gas emissions
The total carbon footprint for the Group
in 2014 was 138 046 tCO2e (2013: 137 082
tCO2e). This figure includes direct (Scope 1),
indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2) and
material Scope 3 emissions. The major
contributing emission sources were fuel
combustion (mobile and stationary) and
electricity consumption. The source that
contributed the largest amount of carbon
was electricity consumption which
accounted for 73 053. Fuel combustion
accounted for 50 808 while other
operational consumption accounted for
14 185. No heat, steam or cooling sources
are used by the Group and therefore no
data is provided.
As outlined above, the Group recorded an
increased carbon footprint in 2014 when
compared to the 2013 footprint. The Group
also tracks the tonnes CO2 emitted per
carat recovered. In 2013, the Group emitted
1.31 tonnes CO2 per recovered carat; this
decreased in 2014 to 1.27 tonnes CO2 per
recovered carat.
The 2014 Group carbon footprint was
calculated with boundaries clearly defined
as per guidance from the GHG Protocol
corporate accounting and reporting
standard. Where international averages
have been used to determine activity data,
the most up to date, industry standard/or
accepted values were used.
The Group understands that undertaking
a carbon footprint assessment is not the
only step to a better understanding and
effective reduction of GHG emissions.
A GHG emissions reduction strategy was
formulated in 2014 with a view to pursuing
the Group’s goal of zero harm to the
environment in connection with the
Group’s operations. This strategy will be
implemented going forward.
Political donations
The Group made no political donations
in 2014.
The Group’s CSI expenditure supports
initiatives that benefit the project affected
communities in the areas of health,
education, infrastructure development,
development of small to medium
enterprises, regional environmental
initiatives and general donations to
relevant causes in project affected
communities. In 2014, the Group
contributed US$0.6 million to these
social initiatives.
Employee policies and
involvement
This report is to be read with the information
on employment matters contained in the
Sustainable Development Review on pages
40 to 43 together with the full 2014
Sustainable Development Review, which
can be found on the Company’s website,
www.gemdiamonds.com.
The Group’s employment practices have
been developed to ensure that the Group
attracts and retains the required calibre of
management and staff by creating an
environment which incentivises enhanced
performance. The health, safety and
effective performance of employees,
together with the maintenance of positive
employee relations is of key importance
across the Group’s operations.
Employees are kept informed about the
performance and objectives of the Group
through direct involvement and access to
the Company’s website, published
information, the circulation of ‘press
cuttings’ and Group announcements, as
well as continuous communication
between employees and management
which is achieved through initiatives such
as the Visible Felt leadership initiative at
Letšeng and Ghaghoo.
It is the Group’s policy to communicate
openly with employees and encourage
dialogue between employees and
management.
The Company always seeks to have a direct
relationship between its employees and
business function management, founded
on quality, leadership, effective
communication and trust. For details on
the Company's ESOP, refer to Note 24 of
the financial statements.
The Group is committed to the principle
and achievement of equal opportunities
in employment, irrespective of gender,
religion, race or marital status. Full
consideration is given to applications from
people with disabilities who apply for
positions which they can adequately fill,
having regard for their particular abilities
and aptitude. Where existing employees
become disabled, it is the Group’s policy,
where practicable, to provide continuing
employment under normal terms and
conditions and to provide training, career
development and promotion to disabled
employees wherever possible.
The Group sets guidelines and frameworks
in respect of Company policy on
remuneration benefits, performance
management, career development and
succession planning, recruitment and
expatriate employment and for the
alignment of human resources management
and policy with international best practice.
Each operating unit manages its human
resources requirements locally, within the
Group’s guidelines and framework.
Corporate governance
The UK Financial Conduct Authority’s
Disclosure and Transparency Rules
(DTR 7.2) require that certain information
be included in a corporate governance
statement set out in the Directors’ Report.
The Group has an existing practice of
issuing a separate Corporate Governance
Code Compliance Report as part of its
Annual Report. The information required by
the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and
the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s
Listing Rules (LR 9.8.6) is located on pages
53 to 59 of this Annual Report.
Going concern
The Company’s business activities, together
with the factors likely to affect its future
development, performance and position
are set out in the Strategic Report on
pages 2 to 46. The financial position of the
Company, its cash flows and liquidity
position are described in the Strategic
Report on pages 20 to 23. In addition,
Note 23 to the financial statements
includes the Company’s objectives, policies
and processes for managing its capital; its
financial risk management objectives;
details of its financial instruments; and its
exposures to credit and liquidity risk.
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
87
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
DIRECTORS’ REPORT continued
After making enquiries which include
reviews of forecasts and budgets, timing of
cash flows, borrowing facilities and
sensitivity analyses and considering the
uncertainties described in this report either
directly or by cross-reference, the Directors
have a reasonable expectation that the
Group has adequate financial resources
to continue in operational existence for
the foreseeable future. For this reason, they
continue to adopt the going-concern basis
in preparing the Annual Report and
accounts of the Company.
Directors
The Directors, as at the date of this report,
are listed on pages 50 and 51 together with
their biographical details. Details of the
Directors’ interests in shares and share
options of the Company can be found
in the Annual Report on Remuneration
on pages 84 and 85.
Directors who held office
during the year and date of
appointment/resignation
Executive Directors
CT Elphick
AR Ashworth
GE Turner
M Michael
20 January 2006
22 April 2008
22 April 2008
22 April 2013
Non-Executive Directors
DJ Elzas
GA Beevers
RW Davis
M Salamon
RJ Williams
18 October 2005
1 February 2007
1 February 2007
3 February 2008
3 February 2008
Re-election of Directors
The Articles of Association (81) provides
that a third of Directors retire annually by
rotation and, if eligible, offer themselves for
re-election. However, in accordance with
the Code, at each AGM all the Directors
retire and, subject to being eligible, offer
themselves for re-election. Each Director
has been the subject of a Board evaluation.
Protection available to Directors
By law, Directors are ultimately responsible
for most aspects of the Group’s business
dealings. Consequently, they face
potentially significant personal liability
under criminal or civil law, or the UK Listing,
Prospectus and Disclosure and
Transparency Rules and face a range of
penalties including private or public
censure, fines and/or imprisonment. In line
with normal market practice, the Group
believes that it is in its best interests to
protect the individuals prepared to serve
on its Board from the consequences of
innocent error or omission, as this enables
the Group to attract prudent individuals to
act as Directors.
Therefore, the Group has, and continues to
maintain, at its expense, a Director and
Officer’s liability insurance policy to provide
indemnity, in certain circumstances, for the
benefit of Directors and other Group
personnel. The insurance policy does not
provide cover where the Director or Group
personnel member has acted fraudulently
or dishonestly.
In accordance with the Company’s Articles
of Association, the Company has and
continues to maintain indemnities granted
by the Company to the Directors of the
Company and the Company’s associated
companies to the extent permitted by and
consistent with BVI law and the UK
Companies Act, 2006 and rules made by
the UKLA.
Details of payments for loss of office
under the Directors’ service contracts (of
which there are none) are included in
the Directors’ Remuneration policy on
pages 73 and 74.
Directors’ remuneration
The ESOP contains provisions relating to
a change of control. Under these,
outstanding options would normally vest
and become exercisable on a change of
control, subject to the satisfaction of any
performance conditions at that time.
Annual General Meeting (AGM)
Details of the resolutions which will be put
to the AGM are given in the notice of the
AGM, which is contained in a separate
document from the Annual Report.
Share capital and voting rights
Details of the authorised and issued share
capital of the Company, including the
rights pertaining to each share class, are set
out in Note 14 to the financial statements.
As at 16 March 2015, there were
138.27 million fully paid ordinary shares of
£0.01 each in issue and listed on the Official
List maintained by the FCA in its capacity
as the UK Listing Authority.
The Company has one class of ordinary
shares. Shareholders have the right to receive
notice of and attend, speak and vote at any
general meeting of the Company. Each
shareholder who is present in person (or,
being a corporation, by representative) or by
proxy at a general meeting on a show of
hands has one vote and, on a poll, every
such holder present in person (or, being a
corporation, by representative) or by proxy
shall have one vote in respect of every
ordinary share held by them. To be valid, the
appointment of a proxy to vote at a general
meeting must be received not less than
48 hours before the time appointed for
holding the meeting. In addition, the holders
of ordinary shares have the right to
participate in dividends and other
distributions according to their respective
rights and interests in the profits of the
Company.
There are no shareholders who carry any
special rights with regard to the control of
the Company. The Company is not aware
of any agreements between holders of
securities which may result in restrictions
on transfers or voting rights, save as
mentioned below.
There are no restrictions on the transfer of
ordinary shares other than:
– as set out in the Company's Articles
of Association;
– certain restrictions may from time
to time be imposed by laws and
regulations; and
– pursuant to the Company’s share dealing
code whereby the Directors and
employees of the Company require
approval to deal in the Company’s
ordinary shares.
88
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
At the AGM held in 2014, shareholders
authorised the Company to make on-
market purchases of up to 13 826 980 of
its ordinary shares, representing
approximately 10% of the Company issued
share capital at that time. During 2014, the
Company did not make any on-market
or off-market purchases of its shares or
shares under any buy-back programme.
Shareholders will be asked at the 2015
AGM to renew this authority. The Directors
have no present intention to exercise this
authority, if granted. Details of deadlines
for exercising voting rights and proxy
appointments will be set out in the 2015
notice of AGM.
Major interests in shares
Details of the major interests (at or above
3%) in the issued ordinary shares of the
Company are set out in the UK Corporate
Governance Code Compliance Report on
page 59.
Directors’ interests
No Director had, at any time during the
year, a material interest in any contract of
significance in relation to the Company’s
business. The interest of Directors in the
shares of the Company is included in
the Annual Report on Remuneration on
pages 84 and 85.
Creditors’ payment practice
In view of the international nature of the
Group’s operations, there is no specific
Group-wide policy in respect of payments
to suppliers. Individual operating
companies are responsible for agreeing
terms and conditions for their business
transactions and ensuring that suppliers
are aware of the terms of payment. It is
Group practice that payments are made in
accordance with those terms, provided
that all trading terms and conditions have
been met by the supplier. Trade creditors at
31 December 2014 represented 62 days of
the Company’s annual purchases.
Subsequent events
Refer to Note 27 of the financial statements
for details of events subsequent to the
reporting date.
Electronic copies of documents
Copies of the 2014 Annual Report, HSSE
policies and other corporate publications,
reports, press releases and announcements
are available on the Company’s website,
www.gemdiamonds.com.
Disclosure of information and
auditor re-election
The lead audit partner is based in
London, UK.
As required under section 418 of the
Companies Act, 2006, to which the
Directors have voluntarily elected to
conform, each Director confirms that to the
best of his knowledge and belief, there is
no information relevant to the preparation
of the Auditors’ Report of which the
Company’s auditors are unaware and that
each Director has taken all reasonable
steps as a Director to make himself aware
of any relevant audit information and to
establish that the Company’s auditors are
aware of that information.
A resolution to reappoint EY as the
Company’s auditors and to authorise the
Board to determine the auditors’
remuneration will be proposed at the
2015 AGM.
The Strategic Report, the Directors’
Report and the Directors’ Remuneration
Report were approved by the Board on
16 March 2015.
By order of the Board
Glenn Turner
Company Secretary
16 March 2015
48
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
89
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
90
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
The Directors are responsible for preparing
the Annual Report and the Group financial
statements in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
91
RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT OF THE DIRECTORS IN RESPECT OF THE
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors are responsible for preparing
the Annual Report and the Group financial
statements in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS). Having taken advice from the Audit
Committee, the Board considers the report
and accounts taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and that it
provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Company’s
performance, business model and strategy.
The Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
includes a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and the
position of the Company and the
undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole, together with a
description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that they face.
Preparation of the financial
statements
The Directors must not approve the
financial statements unless they are
satisfied that they give a true and fair view
of the state of affairs of the Group and
parent company and of their profit or loss
for that period. In preparing the Group
financial statements, the Directors are
required to:
– select suitable accounting policies and
then apply them consistently;
– make judgements and estimates that
are reasonable and prudent;
– state whether they have been prepared
in accordance with IFRS;
– state whether applicable IFRS have been
followed, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in
the parent company financial
statements; and
– prepare the financial statements on the
going-concern basis unless it is
inappropriate to presume that the Group
will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping
adequate accounting records that are
sufficient to show and explain the Group’s
transactions and disclose, with reasonable
accuracy at any time, the financial position
of the Group. They are also responsible for
safeguarding the assets of the Group and
hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities.
The Directors confirm that the financial
statements, prepared in accordance with
IFRS, give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit of the
Company and the undertakings included
in the consolidation taken as a whole. In
addition, suitable accounting policies have
been selected and applied consistently.
Information, including accounting policies,
has been presented in a manner that
provides relevant, reliable, comparable and
understandable information and additional
disclosures have been provided when
compliance with the specific requirements
in IFRS have been insufficient to enable
users to understand the financial impact of
particular transactions, other events and
conditions on the Group’s financial position
and financial performance. Where
necessary, the Directors have made
judgements and estimates that are
reasonable and prudent.
The Directors of the Company have elected
to comply with certain Companies Act and
Listing Rules (LR) which would otherwise
only apply to companies incorporated in
the UK – namely:
(a) the Directors’ statement under
LR 9.8.6R(3) (statement by the Directors
that the business is a going concern);
and
(b) the requirements of Schedule 8
to The Large and Medium-sized
Companies and Groups (Accounts
and Reports) Regulations 2008 of
the United Kingdom pertaining to
Directors’ remuneration that UK
quoted companies are required to
comply with.
Michael Michael
Chief Financial Officer
16 March 2015
92
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF
GEM DIAMONDS LIMITED
Scope of the audit of the financial
statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence
about the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements sufficient to give
reasonable assurance that the financial
statements are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or
error. This includes an assessment of:
– whether the accounting policies are
appropriate to the Group’s circumstances
and have been consistently applied and
adequately disclosed;
– the reasonableness of significant
accounting estimates made by the
directors; and
– the overall presentation of the financial
statements.
In addition, we read all the financial and
non-financial information in the Annual
Report to identify material inconsistencies
with the audited financial statements and
to identify any information that is
apparently materially incorrect based on, or
materially inconsistent with, the
knowledge acquired by us in the course of
performing the audit. If we become aware
of any apparent material misstatements or
inconsistencies, we consider the
implications for our report.
Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the Group financial
statements:
– give a true and fair view of the state of
the Group’s affairs as at 31 December
2014 and of its profit for the year then
ended; and
– have been properly prepared in
accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS).
What we have audited
We have audited the Group financial
statements of Gem Diamonds Limited (the
Group) for the year ended 31 December
2014 which comprise the Consolidated
Income Statement, Consolidated
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the
Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position, the Consolidated Statement of
Changes in Equity, the Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows and the related
notes 1 to 27. The financial reporting
framework that has been applied in their
preparation is applicable law and IFRS.
This report is made solely to the Company’s
members, as a body, in accordance with
the terms of our engagement letter dated
11 March 2015. Our audit work has been
undertaken so that we might state to the
Company’s members those matters we are
required to state to them in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone
other than the Company and the
Company’s members as a body, for our
audit work, for this report, or for the
opinions we have formed.
Respective responsibilities of
directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’
Responsibilities Statement set out on
page 92, the directors are responsible for
the preparation of the Group financial
statements and for being satisfied that they
give a true and fair view. Our responsibility
is to audit and express an opinion on the
Group financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and International
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).
Those standards require us to comply with
the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical
Standards for Auditors.
In addition, the Company has also
instructed us to report, whether in our
opinion:
– the Directors’ Report and the Strategic
Report for the financial year for which
the Group financial statements are
prepared are consistent with the
financial statements;
– the information given in the Corporate
Governance Statement with respect to
internal control and risk management
systems in relation to financial reporting
processes and about share capital
structures is consistent with the financial
statements;
– the section of the Directors’
Remuneration Report that is described
as audited has been properly prepared in
accordance with the basis of preparation
described therein;
Report if we are not satisfied that:
– adequate accounting records have
been kept (including returns from
those branches which have not been
visited);
– the accounts are in agreement with
the records and returns; or
– we have obtained all the information
and explanations which we consider
necessary for the purpose of the audit;
and
Review the Directors’ Statement in relation
to going concern as set out on pages
87 and 88, which, for a premium listed UK
incorporated company, is specified for
review by the Listing Rules of the Financial
Conduct Authority.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
93
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF
GEM DIAMONDS LIMITED continued
Our assessment of focus areas and response
We identified the following risks that had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and
directing the efforts of the engagement team. Details of why we identified these issues as focus areas and our audit response are set out in
the table below.
Area of focus
Revenue recognition
How our audit addressed the area of focus
Refer to the Audit Committee Report on page 63 and the revenue disclosures in Note 2 to the annual financial statements
Diamonds are sold through three revenue streams as follows:
– rough diamonds sold on tender;
– selected diamonds sold through partnership arrangements; and
– diamonds extracted for purposes of own manufacturing and sold
thereafter in polished form.
We focused on this area due to the inherent risk related to the recognition
and measurement of revenue, particularly on partnership arrangements
and diamonds extracted for purposes of own manufacturing.
For partnership arrangements, revenue is earned on the sale of the rough
diamond, with an additional uplift recognised on the polished margin
achieved. Judgement is involved in determining when the risks and
rewards of ownership transfer on rough diamond sales and also on the
uplift element.
For diamonds extracted for purposes of own manufacturing, no revenue is
recognised until the diamonds are sold to third parties; however, there are
a number of intercompany transactions that must be eliminated in the
consolidated financial statements, and there is risk related to the
completeness of sales recognised through the extraction process in light of
the polishing losses that result from the manufacturing process.
– We identified and observed controls around the revenue process in
understanding management’s internal processes and the control
environment.
– We challenged management’s recognition of revenue, covering all
revenue streams of the Group. This involved agreeing revenue
transactions to underlying agreements, invoices and supporting
calculations.
– For partnership arrangements, we also assessed and challenged as to
when the risks and rewards were transferred. We verified this to
supporting agreements.
– We confirmed that intercompany sales transactions properly eliminated
and verified the completeness of consolidation entries.
– We performed cut-off testing at year end by selecting transactions close
to the period end, and we reconciled inventory movements related to
diamonds extracted for purposes of own manufacturing in validating
the completeness of revenue.
Impairment of property, plant and equipment and goodwill
Refer to the Audit Committee Report on page 63 and the disclosures of impairment testing in Note 10 to the annual financial statements
At 31 December 2014, the carrying value of property, plant and
equipment was US$374.9 million and the carrying value of goodwill was
US$17.8 million.
We focused on this area due to the significant size of the carrying value of
asset balances and the judgements applied by management in assessing
whether indicators of impairment exist and in determining key
assumptions used in impairment tests.
Our procedures focused on management’s Letšeng goodwill impairment
test and the judgements involved in determining the appropriate
cash-generating unit and the significant assumptions applied in the future
cash flow forecast, including expected diamond prices and discount rates.
– We assessed management’s process of identifying impairment
indicators and evaluated management’s analysis of whether the Group’s
market capitalisation compared to the Group’s net asset value
represented an indicator of impairment in 2014.
– We considered the appropriateness of management’s conclusions
related to whether impairment triggers existed by challenging the
rationale applied and the completeness of factors assessed.
– We audited the Letšeng goodwill impairment test model, including the
reasonableness of forecast cash flows and underlying assumptions
through a comparison of current year actual results and trends.
– We challenged management’s price and discount rate assumptions with
the assistance of our valuations specialists and performed sensitivity
testing on these key assumptions to confirm that no reasonable change
in the estimated headroom would result in impairment.
– From the evidence we obtained through our audit procedures, we also
assessed the sufficiency of disclosures surrounding management’s
goodwill impairment test in the consolidated financial statements.
Key judgements relating to the production start date of the Ghaghoo mine
Refer to the Audit Committee Report on page 63 and Note 1.2.26 to the annual financial statements
We focused on this area due to the judgements and estimates applied by
management in determining whether the Ghaghoo mine had reached
production or continued to be in the development stage during the year.
Management determined that the Ghaghoo mine had not reached
operations as intended by management in 2014 and was still in the
development stage based on an assessment of key judgements and
activity to date, including:
– the extent of testing of the mine plant and equipment;
– the unanticipated high volumes of water from basalt fissures which
were encountered during the latter part of the year causing a delay in
reaching a steady state of production; and
– the ability to sustain ongoing production of inventory.
– We challenged management’s analysis and conclusion on the
development stage of the Ghaghoo mine throughout 2014, including
an assessment of the key judgements applied and factors considered.
For each key judgement, we analysed the results achieved to date and
evaluated the reasonableness of the mine’s operations as intended by
management.
– We also audited costs capitalised to the Ghaghoo mining project in
accordance with IAS 16 by agreeing amounts to underlying
documentation and validating that the capitalisation criteria was met.
94
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
Our application of materiality
The scope of our work is influenced by
materiality. We apply the concept of
materiality in planning and performing the
audit, in evaluating the effect of identified
misstatements on the audit and in forming
our audit opinion.
Materiality
US$4.7 million
Performance
materiality
Reporting
threshold
US$2.3 million
US$0.2 million
We determined planning materiality of
the Group to be US$4.7 million (2013:
US$2.9 million), which is 5% of pre-tax
profit. Our planning materiality has
increased by 62% compared with 2013
given the higher pre-tax profit recognised
by the Group in 2014. This provided a basis
for determining the nature, timing and
extent of risk assessment procedures,
identifying and assessing the risk of
material misstatement and determining
the nature, timing and extent of further
audit procedures. We assessed our
materiality calculation based on the pre-tax
profit of the Group as we considered that
to be the most relevant performance
measure to the stakeholders of the entity
given the production stage of the Group’s
Letšeng mine.
On the basis of our risk assessment, together
with our assessment of the Group’s overall
control environment, our judgement was
that overall performance materiality (ie our
tolerance for misstatement in an individual
account or balance) for the Group should
be 50% of planning materiality, namely
US$2.3 million (2013: US$1.5 million). Our
objective in adopting this approach was
to ensure that total detected and audit
differences in all accounts did not exceed
our planning materiality level.
Audit work at individual reporting
components, covering entities in Belgium,
Botswana, Lesotho, Mauritius, South Africa,
and the United Kingdom, is undertaken based
on a percentage of our total performance
materiality. The performance materiality set
for each reporting component is based on
the relative size of the component and our
view of the risk of misstatement at that
reporting component. In the current year, the
range of performance materiality allocated to
reporting components was US$420 000 to
US$1.6 million.
We agreed with the Audit Committee
that we would report to the committee
all audit differences that remain
uncorrected and that exceed US$233 000
(2013: US$150 000), as well as differences
below that threshold that, in our opinion,
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected
misstatements against both the
quantitative measures of materiality
discussed above and in light of other
relevant qualitative considerations.
An overview of the scope of
our audit
Following our assessment of the risk of
material misstatement to the Group
financial statements, we selected seven
reporting components which represent the
principal business units within the Group
and account for 100% of the Group’s
revenue, 99% of the Group’s pre-tax profit
and 98% of the Group’s total assets. Two of
these components were subject to a full
scope audit, while the remaining five were
subject to a specific or limited scope audit
where the extent of audit work was based
on our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement and of the materiality of the
Group’s business operations in that
reporting component, and therefore, we
do not test all accounts at specific scope
entities. They were also selected to provide
an appropriate basis for undertaking audit
work to address the risks of material
misstatement identified above. For the
remaining components, we performed
other procedures to confirm that there were
no significant risks of material misstatement
in the Group financial statements.
The audit work performed in the seven
reporting components was executed at
levels of materiality applicable to each
individual entity, which were lower than
Group materiality.
The Group audit team follows a
programme of planned site visits. This year,
the Group audit partner visited all full and
specific scope locations, including visits to
the Letšeng and Ghaghoo mines. The
Group team reviewed key working papers
audited by reporting component teams,
participated in reporting component
teams’ planning procedures, including
discussions on fraud and error, and
attended the audit closing meetings for all
reporting components.
Opinion on other matters prescribed
by the terms of our engagement letter
In our opinion:
– the information given in the Directors’
Report and Strategic Report for the
financial year for which the Group
financial statements are prepared is
consistent with the financial statements;
– the information given in the Corporate
Governance Statement set out on page
58 with respect to internal control and
risk management systems in relation to
financial reporting processes and about
share capital structures is consistent with
the financial statements; and
– the part of the Remuneration Report of
the Company that has been described as
audited has been properly prepared in
accordance with the basis of preparation
as described therein.
Matters on which we are required to
report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the
following:
Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are
required to report to you if, in our opinion,
information in the Annual Report is:
– materially inconsistent with the
information in the audited financial
statements; or
– apparently materially incorrect based on,
or materially inconsistent with, our
knowledge of the Group acquired in the
course of performing our audit; or
– is otherwise misleading.
In particular, we are required to
consider whether we have identified any
inconsistencies between our knowledge
acquired during the audit and the
directors’ statement that they consider
the annual report is fair, balanced and
understandable and whether the Annual
Report appropriately discloses those
matters that we communicated to the
Audit Committee which we consider
should have been disclosed.
Under the Listing Rules, we are required
to review the part of the Corporate
Governance Statement relating to the
Company’s compliance with the nine
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance
Code, specified in our review.
Under the terms of our engagement letter,
we are required to report to you if, in our
opinion:
– adequate accounting records have not
been kept (including returns from those
branches which have not been visited);
or
– the accounts are not in agreement with
the records and returns; or
– we have not obtained all the information
and explanations which we consider
necessary for the purpose of the audit; or
– where the Company has voluntarily
complied with items specified for review
by the Listing Rules of the Financial
Conduct Authority for premium listed UK
incorporated companies or the UK
Companies Act 2006 and instructed us
to review such items namely:
– the Directors’ Statement, set out on
pages 87 and 88, in relation to going
concern;
– the requirements of Schedule 8 to the
Large and Medium-sized Companies and
Groups (Accounts and Reports)
Regulations 2008 of the United Kingdom
pertaining to Directors’ remuneration
that UK quoted companies are required
to comply with.
Ernst & Young LLP
London
16 March 2015
95
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Notes
2
24
3
3
3
4
5
6
2014
US$’000
Total
270 890
(144 495)
126 395
134
(24 692)
(12 628)
(1 740)
5 242
–
92 711
219
3 430
(3 211)
92 930
(34 983)
57 947
33 217
24 730
24.0
23.9
2013
US$’000
Total
212 828
(120 136)
92 692
746
(18 485)
(14 124)
(932)
606
155
60 658
(1 639)
1 218
(2 857)
59 019
(20 855)
38 164
21 170
16 994
15.3
15.2
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 31 December 2014
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Other operating income
Royalties and selling costs
Corporate expenses
Share-based payments
Foreign exchange gain
Reversal of impairment of assets
Operating profit
Net finance income/(cost)
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax for the year
Income tax expense
Profit for the year
Attributable to:
Equity holders of parent
Non-controlling interests
Earnings per share (cents)
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
96
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income that could be reclassified to the income statement in
subsequent periods
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax
2014
US$’000
57 947
2013
US$’000
38 164
(37 307)
(37 307)
20 640
2 908
17 732
20 640
(64 612)
(64 612)
(26 448)
(32 272)
5 824
(26 448)
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
97
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 31 December 2014
Notes
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
7
8
9
11
12
11
13
14
14
15
16
17
19
15
18
16
374 927
615
18 181
2 877
10
396 610
28 770
7 598
4
353
110 738
147 463
544 073
1 383
885 648
(1)
(97 753)
(484 874)
304 403
61 014
365 417
7 261
1 274
19 543
57 467
85 545
29 841
249
43 711
19 310
93 111
373 625
615
20 202
–
28
394 470
29 326
6 749
13
–
71 178
107 266
501 736
1 383
885 648
(1)
(69 408)
(518 091)
299 531
70 879
370 410
–
1 109
23 186
64 824
89 119
–
–
37 086
5 121
42 207
178 656
544 073
131 326
501 736
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Intangible assets
Receivables and other assets
Other financial assets
Current assets
Inventories
Receivables and other assets
Other financial assets
Income tax receivable
Cash and short-term deposits
Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Issued capital
Share premium
Treasury shares¹
Other reserves
Accumulated losses
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Income tax payable
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities
1 Shares held by Gem Diamonds Limited Employee Share Trust.
Approved by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2015 and signed on their behalf by:
CT Elphick
Director
M Michael
Director
98
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Attributable to the equity
holders of the parent
Issued
capital²
US$’000
Share
premium²
US$’000
Own
shares¹
US$’000
Other
reserves²
US$’000
Accumulated
(losses)/
retained
earnings
US$’000
Non-
controlling
interests
US$’000
Total
US$’000
Balance at 1 January 2014
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive expense
Total comprehensive income/
(expense)
Share-based payments (Note 24)
Dividends paid
1 383
–
–
885 648
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2014
1 383
885 648
Balance at 1 January 2013
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive expense
Total comprehensive income/
(expense)
Share-based payments (Note 24)
Dividends paid
Balance at 31 December 2013
1 383
–
–
1 383
–
–
1 383
885 648
–
–
885 648
–
–
885 648
1 Being shares held by Gem Diamonds Limited Employee Share Trust.
2 Refer to Note 14, Issued capital and reserves, for further detail.
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
(1)
(1)
–
–
(1)
–
–
(1)
Total
equity
US$’000
370 410
57 947
(37 307)
(69 408)
–
(30 309)
(518 091) 299 531
33 217 33 217
– (30 309)
70 879
24 730
(6 998)
(30 309)
33 217
2 908
17 732
20 640
1 964
–
–
–
1 964
–
–
(27 597)
1 964
(27 597)
(97 753)
(484 874) 304 403
61 014
365 417
(17 130)
–
(53 442)
(53 442)
1 164
–
(69 408)
(539 261)
21 170
–
330 639
21 170
(53 442)
70 993
16 994
(11 170)
401 632
38 164
(64 612)
21 170
–
–
(32 272)
1 164
–
(518 091)
299 531
5 824
–
(5 938)
70 879
(26 448)
1 164
(5 938)
370 410
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
99
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2014
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated by operations
Working capital adjustments
Interest received
Interest paid
Income tax paid
Cash flows used in investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Waste cost capitalised
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of other financial assets
Cash received from disposal of subsidiary1
Cash flows generated by/(used in) financing activities
Financial liabilities raised/(repaid)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Foreign exchange differences
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year held with banks
Restricted cash at end of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
1 This relates to the receipt of proceeds in 2013 as a result of the disposal of the operations in Australia in 2012.
Notes
20.1
20.2
22
13
13
2014
US$’000
133 736
153 577
59
153 636
2 575
(521)
(21 954)
(101 301)
(47 364)
(53 996)
59
–
–
10 309
37 906
(27 597)
42 744
71 178
(3 184)
110 574
164
110 738
2013
US$’000
87 614
114 462
(17 491)
96 971
1 218
(517)
(10 058)
(73 730)
(29 651)
(59 278)
1 191
(22)
14 030
(8 529)
(2 591)
(5 938)
5 355
70 842
(5 019)
70 998
180
71 178
100
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Notes to the financial statements
1.1
Corporate information
1.1.1
Incorporation
The holding company, Gem Diamonds Limited (the Company), was incorporated on 29 July 2005 in the British Virgin
Islands (BVI). The Company’s registration number is 669758.
These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board on 16 March 2015.
The Group is principally engaged in the exploration and development of diamond mines.
1.1.2 Operational information
The Company has the following investments directly in subsidiaries at 31 December 2014:
Share-
holding
Cost of
investment¹
Country of
incorporation Nature of business
Name of company
Subsidiaries
Gem Diamond Technical
Services (Proprietary) Limited2
100%
US$17
RSA
Gem Equity Group Limited2
100%
US$52 277
BVI
Technical, financial and management
consulting services.
Dormant investment company holding 1%
in Gem Diamonds Botswana (Proprietary)
Limited, 2% in Gem Diamonds Marketing
Services BVBA, 1% in Baobab Technologies
BVBA and 0.1% in Calibrated Gem
Botswana (Proprietary) Limited.
Diamond mining and holder of mining
rights.
Diamond mining; evaluation and
development; and holder of mining
licences and concessions.
70%
US$126 000 303
Lesotho
100%
US$27 752 144
Botswana
Letšeng Diamonds
(Proprietary) Limited2
Gem Diamonds Botswana
(Proprietary) Limited2
BDI Mining Corp2
Gem Diamonds Australia
Holdings2
Gem Diamonds
Investments Limited2
100%
100%
US$82 064 783
BVI
Dormant investment company.
US$293 960 521
Australia
Dormant investment company.
100%
US$17 531 316
UK
Investment holding company holding
100% in each of Gem Diamonds
Technology (Mauritius) Limited, Gem
Diamonds Technology DMCC and
Calibrated Diamonds Investment Holdings
(Proprietary) Limited; 99.9% in Calibrated
Gem Botswana (Proprietary) Limited; 99%
in Baobab Technologies BVBA and 98% in
Gem Diamonds Marketing Services BVBA, a
marketing company that sells the Group’s
diamonds on tender in Antwerp.
1 The cost of investment represents original cost of investments at acquisition dates.
2 No change in the shareholding since the prior year.
1.1.3
Segment information
For management purposes, the Group is organised into geographical units as its risks and required rates of return are
affected predominantly by differences in the geographical regions of the mines and areas in which the Group operates.
Other regions where no direct mining activities take place are organised into geographical regions in the areas where
the operations are managed. The main geographical regions and the type of products and services from which each
reporting segment derives its revenue from are:
– Lesotho (diamond mining activities).
– Botswana (diamond mining activities).
– Belgium (sales, marketing and manufacturing of diamonds).
– Mauritius (manufacturing of diamonds).
– BVI, RSA and UK (technical and administrative services).
The Mauritius and Belgium operations have been aggregated into one operating segment, as management monitors
these two operations as one, due to the similarity of their services provided.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
101
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
Corporate information continued
1.1
1.1.3
Segment information continued
Management monitors the operating results of the geographical units separately (except for Belgium and Mauritius) for
the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is
evaluated based on operating profit or loss.
Inter-segment transactions are entered into under normal arm’s-length terms in a manner similar to transactions with
third parties. Segment revenue, segment expenses and segment results include transactions between segments. Those
transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
Segment revenue is derived from mining activities, polished manufacturing margins and Group services.
The following table presents revenue and profit, asset and liability information from operations regarding the Group’s
geographical segments:
Year ended 31 December 2014
Lesotho
US$’000
Botswana
US$’000
Revenue
Total revenue
Inter-segment
External customers
Results
Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and mining asset
amortisation
Waste stripping cost amortised
Share-based equity transactions
Segment operating profit/(loss)
Net finance income
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Other segment information
Capital expenditure
– Property, plant and equipment*
– Waste cost capitalised
Total capital expenditure
Belgium
and
Mauritius
US$’000
272 221
(3 141)
269 080
BVI, RSA
and UK
US$’000
Total
US$’000
8 877
(8 546)
559 006
(288 116)
3311
270 890
1 063
607
64 470
1 063
–
–
(1 977)
607
–
1 252
(12 764)
277 908
(276 429)
1 479
62 800
13 488
49 312
488
107 527
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(75)
321 464
68 212
139 987
9 304
7 430
968
75 192
42 705
7 720
51 484
59 204
42 086
–
42 806
92
–
92
40
–
40
49 938
51 484
101 422
15 158
49 312
1 740
92 711
219
92 930
(34 983)
57 947
544 073
121 189
1 No revenue was generated in BVI.
* Capital expenditure includes non-cash movements in rehabilitation assets relating to changes in rehabilitation estimates for the Lesotho
and Botswana segments and capitalisation of share-based payments for the Botswana segment.
Segment liabilities do not include deferred tax liabilities of US$57.5 million.
102
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
Corporate information continued
1.1
1.1.3
Segment information continued
Year ended 31 December 2013
Lesotho
US$’000
Botswana
US$’000
Belgium
and
Mauritius
US$’000
212 897
(2 390)
210 507
869
869
–
–
–
BVI, RSA
and UK
US$’000
9 001
(8 434)
5671
415
415
–
547
(213)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
24
(2 396)
(13 575)
201 310
(199 556)
1 754
51 067
16 301
34 766
385
58
76 605
Total
US$’000
423 208
(210 380)
212 828
52 351
17 585
34 766
932
(155)
60 658
(1 639)
59 019
(20 855)
38 164
501 736
66 502
343 322
42 922
107 004
5 632
8 740
13 694
42 670
4 254
7 915
59 278
67 193
20 712
–
20 712
566
–
566
41
–
41
29 234
59 278
88 512
Revenue
Total revenue
Inter-segment
External customers
Results
Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and mining asset
amortisation
Waste stripping cost amortisation
Share-based equity transactions
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment
of assets
Segment operating profit/(loss)
Net finance cost
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Other segment information
Capital expenditure
– Property, plant and equipment*
– Waste cost capitalised
Total capital expenditure
1 No revenue was generated in BVI.
* Capital expenditure includes non-cash movements in rehabilitation assets relating to changes in rehabilitation estimates for the Lesotho
and Botswana segments and capitalisation of share-based payments for the Botswana segment.
Included in the prior year annual revenue is revenue from a single customer which amounted to US$22.6 million
arising from sales reported in the Lesotho and Belgium segments.
Segment liabilities do not include deferred tax liabilities of US$64.8 million.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
103
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies
1.2.1 Basis of presentation
The financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis. The accounting policies
have been consistently applied except for the adoption of the new standards and interpretations detailed below.
The functional currency of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries is US dollar, which is the currency of the primary
economic environment in which the entities operate. All amounts are expressed in US dollar. The financial statements
of subsidiaries whose functional and reporting currency is in currencies other than US dollar have been converted into
US dollar on the basis as set out in Note 1.2.16, Foreign currency translations.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.
It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The
areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant
to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 1.2.26, Critical accounting estimates and judgements.
The Group has also adopted the following standards and interpretations from 1 January 2014:
Investment Entities – Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27
These amendments provide an exception to the consolidation requirement for entities that meet the definition
of an investment entity under IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and must be applied retrospectively,
subject to certain transition relief. The exception to consolidation requires investment entities to account for
subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss. These amendments have no impact on the Group as none of
the entities in the Group qualify to be an investment entity under IFRS 10.
IAS 32 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Amendments to IAS 32
These amendments clarify the meaning of ’currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off’ and the criteria
for non-simultaneous settlement mechanisms of clearing houses to qualify for offsetting and is applied
retrospectively. These amendments have no impact on the Group.
IFRIC 21 Levies
IFRIC 21 clarifies that an entity recognises a liability for a levy when the activity that triggers payment, as identified by
the relevant legislation, occurs. For a levy that is triggered upon reaching a minimum threshold, the interpretation
clarifies that no liability should be anticipated before the specified minimum threshold is reached. As the Group applies
the requirements of this standard in recognising liabilities for levies, such as royalty payments to governments, the
application of this new standard did not have an impact on the financial results of the Group.
IAS 36 Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets – Amendments to IAS 36
The amendment clarifies the disclosures required in relation to the recoverable amount of impaired assets if that
amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. The amendments remove the requirement to disclose the
recoverable amount for each cash-generating unit for which the carrying amount of goodwill or intangible assets
with indefinite useful lives allocated to that unit is significant. The Group adopted this amendment and removed the
disclosure of recoverable amounts previously disclosed.
IAS 39 Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting – Amendments to IAS 39
These amendments provide relief from discontinuing hedge accounting when novation of a derivative designated
as a hedging instrument meets certain criteria and retrospective application is required. These amendments have
no impact on the Group as the Group does not enter into any hedges.
104
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.1 Basis of presentation continued
Standards issued but not effective
The standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group’s
financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards if applicable when they
become effective.
Effective date*
1 January 2018
1 January 2017
1 January 2016
1 January 2016
Standard or
interpretation
IFRS 9
Financial Instruments
IFRS 15
Revenue from
Contracts with
Customer
IFRS 14
Regulatory Deferral
Accounts
IAS 16 /IAS 38 Clarification of
Acceptable Methods
of Depreciation and
Amortisation
* Annual periods beginning on or after.
Classification and measurement of financial assets
and financial liabilities as defined in IAS 39. The
Group is still currently assessing the impact.
The new revenue standard introduces a single,
principles-based, five-step model for the
recognition of revenue when control of a good
or service is transferred to the customer. The
Group is still currently assessing the impact.
IFRS 14 is an optional standard that allows an
entity, whose activities are subject to rate
regulation, to continue applying most of its
existing accounting policies for regulatory
deferral account balances upon its first-time
adoption of IFRS. The Group’s activities are
currently not subject to rate regulation and
therefore this standard does not apply to the
Group. Should the Group’s activities change in
this regard, the Group will assess the impact at
that time.
The amendments clarify the principle in IAS 16
Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38
Intangible Assets that revenue reflects a pattern
of economic benefits that are generated from
operating a business rather than the economic
benefits that are consumed through use of an
asset. As such, the ratio of revenue generated to
total revenue expected to be generated cannot
be used to depreciate property, plant and
equipment and may only be used in very
limited circumstances to amortise intangible
assets. As this revenue ratio is not currently used
as a method of depreciation, it is anticipated
that this standard will not impact the Group.
Should the Group’s policies change in this
regard, the Group will assess the impact at
that time.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
105
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.1 Basis of presentation continued
Business environment and country risk
The Group’s operations are subject to country risk being the economic, political and social risks inherent in doing
business in certain areas of Africa and Europe. These risks include matters arising out of the policies of the
government, economic conditions, imposition of or changes to taxes and regulations, foreign exchange rate
fluctuations and the enforceability of contract rights.
The consolidated financial information reflects management’s assessment of the impact of these business
environments on the operations and the financial position of the Group. The future business environment may
differ from management’s assessment.
1.2.2 Going concern
The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance
and position are set out in the Strategic Review on pages 24 to 34. The financial position of the Company, its cash
flows and liquidity position are described in the Strategic Review on pages 20 to 23. In addition, Note 23, Financial
risk management, includes the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial
risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.
After making enquiries which include reviews of forecasts and budgets, timing of cash flows, borrowing facilities
and sensitivity analyses and considering the uncertainties described in this report either directly or by cross-
reference, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate financial
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt
the going-concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and accounts of the Company.
These financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis which assumes that the Group will be
able to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future.
Refer to Note 23, Financial risk management for statements on the Company’s objectives, policies and processes
for managing its capital; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; its exposures to market risk in
relation to commodity price and foreign exchange risks; cash flow interest rate risk; credit risk and liquidity risk.
1.2.3
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled
by the Company.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains
control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. An investor controls an investee
when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to
affect those returns through its power over the investee. To meet the definition of control in IFRS 10, all three
criteria must be met, being:
(a) an investor has power over an investee;
(b) the investor has exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
(c) the investor has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.
The financial statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are
prepared for the same reporting year as the parent company and are based on consistent accounting policies.
All intra-group balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated in full.
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without loss of control, is accounted for as an equity
transaction. If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it (i) derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and
liabilities of the subsidiary; (ii) derecognises the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest; (iii) derecognises
the cumulative translation differences, recorded in equity; (iv) recognises the fair value of the consideration
received; (v) recognises the fair value of any investment retained; (vi) recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or
loss; and (vii) reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognised in other comprehensive income
to profit or loss or retained earnings, as appropriate.
106
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Exploration and evaluation expenditure
1.2.4
Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly and indirectly, to the parent
company and is presented separately within equity in the consolidated statement of financial position, separately
from equity attributable to owners of the parent. Losses within a subsidiary are attributed to the non-controlling
interest even if that results in a deficit balance.
Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral resources, the determination of technical feasibility
and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation activity includes:
– acquisition of rights to explore;
– researching and analysing historical exploration data;
– gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;
– exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;
– determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;
– surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements; and
– conducting market and finance studies.
Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to the income
statement. Licence costs paid in connection with a right to explore in an existing exploration area are capitalised
and amortised over the term of the permit.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure is capitalised as incurred. Capitalised exploration expenditure is recorded
as a component of property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated impairment charges. As the asset is
not available for use, it is not depreciated.
All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment. Where a
potential impairment is indicated, assessments are performed for each area of interest in conjunction with the
group of operating assets (representing a cash-generating unit (CGU)) to which the exploration is attributed.
To the extent that exploration expenditure is not expected to be recovered, it is charged to the income statement.
Exploration areas where reserves have been discovered, but require major capital expenditure before production
can begin, are continually evaluated to ensure that commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that
additional exploration work is under way as planned.
1.2.5 Development expenditure
When proved reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation
expenditure is reclassified within property, plant and equipment to development expenditure. As the asset is not
available for use, during the development phase, it is not depreciated. On completion of the development, any
capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure already capitalised to development expenditure, together with
the subsequent development expenditure, is reclassified within property, plant and equipment to mining assets
and depreciated on the basis as laid out in Note 1.2.6, Property, plant and equipment.
All development expenditure is monitored for indicators of impairment annually.
1.2.6
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment
losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition and construction of the items,
among others, professional fees, and for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the
Group’s accounting policy.
Subsequent costs to replace a component of an item of property, plant and equipment that is accounted for
separately, is capitalised when the cost of the item can be measured reliably, with the carrying amount of the
original component being written off. All repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during
the financial period in which they are incurred.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
107
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment continued
1.2.6
Depreciation commences when an asset is available for use. Depreciation is charged so as to write off the depreciable
amount of the asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life, using a method that reflects the pattern in which
the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Group.
Item
Mining assets
Decommissioning assets
Leasehold improvements
Plant and equipment
Finance lease assets
Other assets
Method
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Useful life
Lesser of life of mine and period of lease
Lesser of life of mine and period of lease
Lesser of three years and period of lease
Three to 10 years
Lesser of period of lease or five years
Two to five years
Pre-production stripping costs
The capitalisation of pre-production stripping costs as part of exploration and development assets ceases when the mine
is commissioned and ready for production. Subsequent stripping activities that are undertaken during the production
phase of a surface mine may create two benefits, being either the production of inventory or improved access to the ore
to be mined in the future. Where the benefits are realised in the form of inventory produced in the period, the production
stripping costs are accounted for as part of the cost of producing those inventories. Where production stripping costs are
incurred and where the benefit is the creation of mining flexibility and improved access to ore to be mined in the future,
the costs are recognised as a non-current asset, referred to as a ‘stripping activity asset’, if:
(a) future economic benefits (being improved access to the orebody) are probable;
(b) the component of the orebody for which access will be improved can be accurately identified; and
(c) the costs associated with the improved access can be reliably measured.
The stripping activity asset is separately disclosed in Note 7, Property, plant and equipment. If all the criteria are not
met, the production stripping costs are charged to the income statement as operating costs. The stripping activity asset
is initially measured at cost, which is the accumulation of costs directly incurred to perform the stripping activity that
improves access to the identified component of ore, plus an allocation of directly attributable overhead costs. If
incidental operations are occurring at the same time as the production stripping activity, but are not necessary for the
production stripping activity to continue as planned, these costs are not included in the cost of the stripping activity
asset. If the costs of the stripping activity asset and the inventory produced are not separately identifiable, a relevant
production measure is used to allocate the production stripping costs between the inventory produced and the
stripping activity asset. The stripping activity asset is subsequently amortised over the expected useful life of the
identified component of the orebody that became more accessible as a result of the stripping activity. Based on proven
and probable reserves, the expected average stripping ratio over the average life of the area being mined is used to
amortise the stripping activity. As a result, the stripping activity asset is carried at cost less amortisation and any
impairment losses.
The average life of area cost per tonne is calculated as the total expected costs to be incurred to mine the orebody
divided by the number of tonnes expected to be mined. The average life of area stripping ratio and the average life of
area cost per tonne are recalculated annually in light of additional knowledge and changes in estimates. Changes in
the stripping ratio are accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is
greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount of the asset. These are
included in the income statement.
108
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.7
Investment property
Investment property is initially recognised using the cost model. Subsequent recognition is at cost less accumulated
depreciation and less any accumulated impairment losses. Rental income from investment property is recognised on
a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging the lease are
capitalised to investment property and depreciated over the lease term. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line
basis as follows:
Investment property
Initial direct costs capitalised to investment property Five years
No depreciation is provided due to depreciable amount being zero
1.2.8
Business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets
Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the
aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice of measurement of non-controlling interest, either at fair value or at the
proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets, is determined on a transaction-by-transaction basis.
Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification
and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the
acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date.
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will be
recognised in accordance with IFRS 13 in the income statement. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it
should not be remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition date fair value of the
consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the non-controlling interest (and where the business
combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the
acquiree) over the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the
business combination. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in transactions separate to the business combinations,
such as the settlement of pre-existing relationships or post-acquisition remuneration arrangements are accounted for
separately from the business combination in accordance with their nature and applicable IFRS. Identifiable intangible
assets, meeting either the contractual legal or separability criterion are recognised separately from goodwill.
Contingent liabilities representing a present obligation are recognised if the acquisition date fair value can be
measured reliably.
If the aggregate of the acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the
non-controlling interest (and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of
the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree) is lower than the fair value of the assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities and the fair value of any pre-existing interest held in the business acquired, the difference is
recognised in profit and loss.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of
impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the
Group’s cash-generating units (or groups of cash-generating units) that are expected to benefit from the combination,
irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. Each unit or group of units
to which goodwill is allocated shall represent the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for
internal management purposes and not be larger than an operating segment before aggregation.
Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the
goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based
on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
Concessions and licences
Concessions and licences are shown at cost. Concessions and licences have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line
method to allocate the cost of concessions and licences over the shorter of the life of mine or term of the licence once
production commences.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
109
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.9 Other financial assets
Management determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at
every reporting date. Currently the Group only has financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and loans and
receivables.
When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value plus (in the case of investments, not at fair
value through profit or loss) directly attributable costs.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
This category has two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading, and those designated at fair value through profit
or loss. Upon initial recognition, a financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of
selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless
they are designated as hedges. Gains and losses on investments held for trading are recognised in profit or loss. Assets
in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held for trading or are expected to be realised within
12 months of the reporting date.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in
an active market. They are included in current assets, except those with maturities greater than 12 months after the
reporting date. These are classified as non-current assets. Such assets are carried at amortised cost using the effective
interest rate method, less any allowance for impairment, if the time value of money is significant. Gains and losses are
recognised in the income statement when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through
the amortisation process. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables.
The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of
estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate interest rate. The amount of the provision is recognised
in the income statement.
1.2.10 Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at
amortised cost; any difference between proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in
the income statement, unless capitalised in accordance with Note 1.2.24, Finance costs, over the period of the
borrowings, using the effective interest rate method.
Bank overdrafts are recognised at amortised cost.
Fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities
designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling in the near term. Gains
or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognised in the income statement.
110
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.11 Fair value measurement
The Group measures financial instruments at fair value at each reporting date.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption
that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:
– in the principal market for the asset or liability; or
– in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.
The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.
The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when
pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic
benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the
asset in its highest and best use.
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are
available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of
unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within
the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement as a whole:
– Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
– Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is
directly or indirectly observable.
– Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is
unobservable.
For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines
whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest
level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.
1.2.12 Impairments
Non-financial assets
Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is assessed for impairment on an
annual basis. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In
assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the
purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable
cash inflows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets that were previously impaired are reviewed for possible
reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine
the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of
the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would
have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such
a reversal is recognised in the income statement. After such a reversal the depreciation charge is adjusted in future
periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining
useful life.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
111
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.12 Impairments continued
Financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether a financial asset or group of financial assets are impaired.
Assets carried at amortised cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on assets carried at amortised cost has been incurred, the amount
of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future
cash flows (excluding future expected credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s
original effective interest rate (ie the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition). The carrying amount of the
asset is reduced through use of an allowance account. The amount of the loss shall be recognised in the income
statement.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to
an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed, to the
extent that the carrying value of the asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date, any subsequent
reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.
In relation to trade receivables, a provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence (such as the
probability of insolvency or significant financial difficulties of the debtor) that the Group will not be able to collect all of
the amounts due under the original terms of the invoice. The carrying amount of the receivable is reduced through use
of an allowance account. Impaired debts are derecognised when they are assessed as uncollectible.
1.2.13 Inventories
Inventories, which include rough diamonds, ore stockpiles and consumables, are measured at the lower of cost and net
realisable value. The amount of any write-down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses, is recognised in the
period the write-down or loss occurs. Cost is determined as the average cost of production, using the ‘weighted
average method’. Cost includes directly attributable mining overheads, but excludes borrowing costs.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of
completion and the estimated costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.
1.2.14 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are carried in the statement of financial position at amortised cost. Cash and cash
equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term, highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less.
For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined
above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
1.2.15 Issued share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction from
the proceeds.
1.2.16 Foreign currency translations
Presentation currency
The results and financial position of the Group’s subsidiaries which have a functional currency different from the
presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
– statement of financial position items are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date;
– income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not
a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case
income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
– resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.
Details of the rates applied at the respective reporting dates and for the income statement transactions are detailed in
Note 14, Issued capital and reserves.
112
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.16 Foreign currency translations continued
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the
dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from
the translation at the period-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies
are recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of cost in a foreign currency
are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair
value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.
Monetary items for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the reporting
date.
1.2.17 Share-based payments
Employees (including Senior Executives) of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payment
transactions, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions).
In situations where some or all of the goods or services received by the entity as consideration for equity instruments
cannot be specifically identified, they are measured as the difference between the fair value of the share-based
payment and the fair value of any identifiable goods or services received at the grant date. For cash-settled transactions,
the liability is remeasured at each reporting date until settlement, with the changes in fair value recognised in the
income statement.
Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which
they are granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the
relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Fair value is determined using an appropriate pricing model. In
valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the
price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards, where vesting is conditional upon a
market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided
that all other performance conditions are satisfied.
At each reporting date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the
vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market
conditions and of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest or, in the case of an instrument subject to
a market condition, be treated as vesting as described above. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous
reporting date is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in equity.
Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or
settled award, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period.
In addition, an expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any
modification, based on the difference between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified
award, both as measured on the date of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.
Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not
yet recognised in the income statement for the award is expensed immediately.
Where an equity-settled award is forfeited, it is treated as if vesting conditions had not been met and all costs previously
recognised in the income statement for the award is reversed and recognised in income immediately.
1.2.18 Provisions
Provisions are recognised when:
– the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event; and
– a reliable estimate can be made of the obligation.
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation,
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the
obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as finance costs.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
113
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.19 Restoration and rehabilitation
The mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group normally give rise to obligations for site restoration and
rehabilitation. Rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling, removal and treatment of
waste materials, land rehabilitation, and site restoration. The extent of the work required and the estimated cost of final
rehabilitation, comprising liabilities for decommissioning and restoration, are based on current legal requirements,
existing technology and the Group’s environmental policies and is reassessed annually. Cost estimates are not reduced
by the potential proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.
Provisions for the cost of each restoration and rehabilitation programme are recognised at the time the environmental
disturbance occurs. When the extent of the disturbance increases over the life of the operation, the provision and
associated asset is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision encompass all restoration and rehabilitation
activity expected to occur. The restoration and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the expected value of future
cash flows, discounted to their present value. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation is
located. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of the discounting unwinds, which
is recognised in finance charges. Restoration and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates.
When provisions for restoration and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an
asset where it gives rise to a future benefit and depreciated over future production from the operation to which it
relates.
1.2.20 Taxation
Income tax for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except
to the extent that it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.
Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or
substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is provided using the statement of financial position liability method, providing for temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for
taxation purposes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset
is realised or the liability is settled based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted
at the reporting date.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available
against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that
the related tax benefit will be realised.
In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled
entities, deferred tax is provided except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled
by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly
controlled entities, deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary
differences can be utilised.
Withholding tax is recognised in the income statement when dividends or other services which give rise to that
withholding tax are declared or accrued respectively. Withholding tax is disclosed as part of current tax.
Royalties
Royalties incurred by the Group comprise mineral extraction costs based on a percentage of sales paid to the local
revenue authorities. These obligations arising from royalty arrangements are recognised as current payables and
disclosed as part of royalty and selling costs in the income statement.
Royalties and revenue-based taxes are accounted for under IAS 12 when they have the characteristics of an income tax.
This is considered to be the case when they are imposed under government authority and the amount payable is
based on taxable income – rather than based on quantity produced or as a percentage of revenue. For such
arrangements, current and deferred tax is provided on the same basis as described above for other forms of taxation.
The royalties incurred by the Group are considered not to meet the criteria to be treated as part of income tax.
114
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.21 Employee benefits
Provision is made in the financial statements for all short-term employee benefits. Liabilities for wages and salaries,
including non-monetary benefits, benefits required by legislation, annual leave, retirement benefits and accumulating
sick leave obliged to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date, are recognised in trade and other payables and
are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Benefits falling due more than
12 months after the reporting date are discounted to present value. The Group recognises an expense for contributions
to the defined contribution pension fund in the period in which the employees render the related service.
Bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses. The Group recognises a liability where contractually
obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation. These liabilities are recognised in
trade and other payables and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.
1.2.22 Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at
inception date of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the
arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. A reassessment is made after inception of the lease only if one of the
following applies:
(a) there is a change in contractual terms, other than a renewal or extension of the arrangement;
(b) a renewal option is exercised or extension granted, unless the term of the renewal or extension was initially
included in the lease term;
(c) there is a change in the determination of whether fulfilment is dependent on a specific asset; or
(d) there is a substantial change to the asset.
Where a reassessment is made, lease accounting shall commence or cease from the date when the change in
circumstances gave rise to the reassessment for scenarios (a), (c) or (d) and at the date of renewal or extension period
for scenario (b).
Group as a lessee
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has, substantially, all the risks and rewards of ownership are
classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the lower of the fair value of the
leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the
liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The corresponding
lease obligations, net of finance charges, are included in financial liabilities.
The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce
a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each year. The property, plant and
equipment acquired under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term.
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases.
Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income
statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. When the Group is a party to a lease where there is a
contingent rental element associated within the agreement, a cost is recognised as and when the contingency materialises.
Group as a lessor
Assets leased out under operating leases are included in investment property. Rental income is recognised on a
straight-line basis over the lease term. Refer to Note 1.2.7, Investment property, for further information on the treatment
of investment property.
1.2.23 Revenue
Revenue is measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable and comprises the fair value for the sale
of goods, net of value added tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminated sales within the Group. Revenue is
recognised as follows:
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
115
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.23 Revenue continued
Sale of goods
The sale of rough diamonds (which are made through competitive tender processes or through partnership
arrangements), the sale of polished diamonds and other products (which are made through direct sale transactions)
and additional uplift on partnership arrangements are recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership
have been transferred to the customer and can be measured reliably and receipt of future economic benefits is
probable. For the additional uplift made on partnership arrangements, certain estimates and judgements are made
by management as referred under policy 1.2.26 Critical accounting estimates and judgements.
Rendering of service
Sales of services relating to third-party diamond manufacturing, are recognised in the accounting period in which the
services are rendered, and it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the
entity, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a
proportion of the total services to be provided.
Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time-proportion basis using the effective interest rate method.
Dividends
Dividends are recognised when the amount of the dividend can be reliably measured and the Group’s right to receive
payment is established.
1.2.24 Finance costs
Finance costs are generally expensed as incurred, except where they relate to the financing of construction or
development of qualifying assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended future use. Finance
costs are capitalised up to the date when the asset is ready for its intended use.
1.2.25 Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the
period in which the dividends are approved by the Group’s shareholders.
1.2.26 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements
and form assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, the reported revenue and costs
during the periods presented therein, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future and the resulting accounting estimates will, by
definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing
a material adjustment to the financial results or the financial position reported in future periods are discussed below.
Life of mine
There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating ore reserves and the associated life of mine. Therefore the
Group must make a number of assumptions in making those estimations, including assumptions as to the prices of
commodities, exchange rates, production costs and recovery rates. Assumptions that are valid at the time of estimation
may change significantly when new information becomes available. Changes in the forecast prices of commodities,
exchange rates, production costs or recovery rates may change the economic status of ore reserves and may,
ultimately, result in the ore reserves being restated. Where assumptions change the life of mine estimates, the
associated depreciation rates, residual values, waste stripping and amortisation ratios, and environmental provisions
are reassessed to take into account the revised life of mine estimate.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure
This policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances,
in particular whether economically viable extraction operations are viable where reserves have been discovered and
whether indications of impairment exist. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information
becomes available.
116
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.26 Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Development expenditure
Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project has reached a stage at which economically
recoverable reserves exist and that development may be sanctioned. Management is required to make certain
estimates and assumptions similar to those described above for capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure.
Revenue
Management has entered into arrangements to increase the revenue earned on the sale of rough diamonds. Under
these arrangements, revenue is earned for the sale of the rough diamond, with an additional uplift based on the
polished margin achieved. These are referred to as partnership arrangements in these financial statements.
Management recognises the revenue on the sale of the rough diamond at the point at which it is sold to the third
party, as there is no continuing involvement by management in the cutting and polishing process and the significant
risks and rewards have passed to the third party. Judgement is applied by management in determining when
additional uplift is recognised and measured with regard to rough diamonds sold into partnership arrangements.
Management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions based on when the uplift can be reliably
measured. This occurs when the third party sells these goods, at which point in time the value of the final polished
goods are determined.
Property, plant and equipment – recoverable amount
The calculation of the recoverable amount of an asset requires significant judgements, estimates and assumptions,
including future demand, technological changes, exchange rates, interest rates and others.
Impairment of goodwill
The Group determines if goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable
amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less
costs to sell and value in use. Fair value calculations require the Group to make estimates of the amount for which the
cash-generating unit could be sold. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected
future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and a market-related pre-tax discount rate in order to calculate the
present value of those cash flows.
Impairment of assets
The Group assesses each cash-generating unit annually to determine whether any indication of impairment exists.
Where an indicator of impairment exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made, which is considered to
be the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and value in use. These assessments require the use of estimates and
assumptions such as long-term diamond prices, discount rates, future capital requirements, exploration potential and
operating performance. Fair value is determined as management’s best estimate of the amount that would be
obtained from the sale of the asset in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties. Fair
value for mine assets is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows arising from the
continued use of the asset using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. Cash
flows are discounted by an appropriate discount rate to determine the net present value.
The Group has made a judgement in determining if, in the instance where the Group’s asset carrying values exceed
its market capitalisation, this results in an indicator of impairment. The Group believes that the market capitalisation
position does not represent an indicator of impairment as all significant operations were assessed during the year
and there were no indicators of impairment. The goodwill in the Group which is reported in the Letšeng mining and
polished diamond manufacturing operations is tested annually, with no impairment evident in the current year. Refer
to Note 10, Impairment testing, for further detail.
Provision for restoration and rehabilitation
Significant estimates and assumptions are made in determining the amount of the restoration and rehabilitation
provisions. These deal with uncertainties such as changes to the legal and regulatory framework, magnitude of possible
contamination, and the timing, extent and costs of required restoration and rehabilitation activity.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
117
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.26 Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Taxation
The determination of the Group’s obligations and expense for taxes requires an interpretation of tax law and therefore
certain assumptions and estimates are made.
Capitalised stripping costs (deferred waste)
Waste removal costs (stripping costs) are incurred during the development and production phases at surface mining
operations. Furthermore, during the production phase, stripping costs are incurred in the production of inventory as
well as in the creation of future benefits by improving access and mining flexibility in respect of the ore to be mined,
the latter being referred to as a ‘stripping activity asset’. Judgement is required to distinguish between these two
activities at Letšeng. The orebody needs to be identified in its various separately identifiable components. An
identifiable component is a specific volume of the orebody that is made more accessible by the stripping activity.
Judgement is required to identify and define these components (referred to as ‘cuts’), and also to determine the
expected volumes (tonnes) of waste to be stripped and ore to be mined in each of these components. These
assessments are based on a combination of information available in the mine plans, specific characteristics of the
orebody and the milestones relating to major capital investment decisions.
Judgement is also required to identify a suitable production measure that can be applied in the calculation and
allocation of production stripping costs between inventory and the stripping activity asset. The ratio of expected
volume (tonnes) of waste to be stripped for an expected volume (tonnes) of ore to be mined for a specific component
of the orebody, compared to the current period ratio of actual volume (tonnes) of waste to the volume (tonnes) of ore
is considered to determine the most suitable production measure.
These judgements and estimates are used to calculate and allocate the production stripping costs to inventory and/or
the stripping activity asset(s). Furthermore, judgements and estimates are also used to apply the stripping ratio
calculation in determining the amortisation of the stripping activity asset.
Stripping ratio
Estimated recoverable reserves are used in determining the amortisation of mine-specific assets. Amortisation is
calculated by using the expected average stripping ratio over the average life of the area being mined. The average
stripping ratio is calculated as the number of tonnes of waste material expected to be removed during the life of area,
per tonne of ore mined. The average life of area cost per tonne is calculated as the total expected costs to be incurred
to mine the orebody divided by the number of tonnes expected to be mined. The average life of area stripping ratio
and the average life of area cost per tonne are recalculated annually in light of additional knowledge and changes in
estimates. Changes in the stripping ratio are accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.
Production start date
The phase of each mine construction project is assessed to determine when a mine moves into the production phase.
The criteria used to assess the start date are determined by the unique nature of each mine’s construction project and
includes factors such as the complexity of a plant and its location. Various relevant criteria are considered to assess
when the mine is substantially complete and ready for its intended use and moves into the production phase. At this
point, all related amounts are reclassified from ‘exploration and development assets’ to ‘mining assets’, ‘stripping activity
asset’ and/or ‘property, plant and equipment’. Some of the criteria would include but are not limited to the following:
– the level of capital expenditure compared to the construction cost estimates;
– completion of a reasonable period of testing of the mine plant and equipment;
– ability to produce inventory in saleable form; and
– ability to sustain ongoing production of inventory.
118
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
1.
Notes to the financial statements continued
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.2.26 Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Production start date continued
When a mine construction project moves into the production phase, the capitalisation of certain mine construction
costs ceases and costs are either regarded as inventory or expensed, except for capitalisable costs related to mining
asset additions or improvements, production phase stripping costs capitalisable as stripping activity asset(s), and
exploration expenditure that meets the criteria for capitalisation. It is also at this point that depreciation/amortisation
commences.
Management made the key judgement that the Ghaghoo mine had not reached production start date during the year
based on the following:
– the unanticipated high volumes of water from basalt fissures which were encountered during the latter part of the
year causing a delay in reaching steady state production, and
– specific areas in the plant did not allow the commissioning process to progress to its intended production state.
As a result, the mine was not in the condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by
management and therefore the mine remained in its construction phase with all costs incurred during the year being
capitalised to the exploration and development asset category of Note 7, Property, plant and equipment.
Share-based payments
Judgement is applied by management in determining whether the share options relating to employees who resigned
before the end of the service condition period have been cancelled or forfeited in light of their leaving status. Where
employees do not meet the requirements of a good leaver as per the rules of the long-term incentive plan (LTIP), no
award will vest and this will be treated as cancellation by forfeiture. The expenses relating to these charges previously
recognised are then reversed. Where employees do meet the requirements of a good leaver as per the rules of the LTIP,
some or all of an award will vest and this will be treated as a modification to the original award. The future expenses
relating to these awards are accelerated and recognised as an expense immediately.
1.2.27 Exceptional items
The Group presents as exceptional items on the face of the income statement, those material items of income and
expenses which, because of the nature and expected infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate
presentation to allow shareholders to understand better the elements of financial performance in the year, so as to
facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess better trends in financial performance.
2.
Revenue
Sale of goods
Rendering of services
Finance income is reflected in Note 4, Net finance income/(cost).
2014
US$’000
269 870
1 020
270 890
2013
US$’000
212 020
808
212 828
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
119
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
3.
Operating profit
Operating profit includes the following:
Other operating income
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and mining asset amortisation
Waste stripping costs amortised
Less: Depreciation capitalised to development
Less: Depreciation and mining asset amortisation capitalised to inventory
Amortisation of intangible assets
Reversal of impairment
Reversal of impairment – Chiri1
Impairment – Project Kholo2
Net reversal of impairment – other assets
Inventories
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Write-down of inventories to net realisable value
Foreign exchange gain
Foreign exchange gain
Mark-to-market revaluations on forward exchange contracts
Operating lease expenses as a lessee
Mine site property
Equipment and service leases
Contingent rental – Alluvial Ventures
Leased premises
Auditor’s remuneration – Ernst & Young
Audit fee
Group financial statements
Statutory
Auditor’s remuneration – other
Statutory
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
49
689
(16 991)
(49 312)
(66 303)
1 957
33
(64 313)
(157)
(64 470)
–
–
–
–
(19 558)
(34 766)
(54 324)
1 454
519
(52 351)
(159)
(52 510)
159
(58)
54
155
(129 195)
–
(102 843)
(90)
5 508
(266)
5 242
(90)
(39 535)
(8 489)
(2 716)
(50 830)
(443)
(183)
(626)
(25)
(25)
1 480
(874)
606
(90)
(43 665)
(9 605)
(1 743)
(55 103)
(479)
(331)
(810)
(18)
(18)
1 This relates to the sale of assets in 2013, relating to the Chiri Concession in Angola, which was previously fully impaired in 2012. The Group no longer holds this
concession in Angola.
2 During 2011, the Group approved the expansion at the Letšeng mine (Project Kholo). During 2012, Project Kholo as originally envisaged was re-evaluated and
as a result certain capital expenditure incurred on items that had been assessed as no longer having an enduring benefit to the operation, were written off.
120
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
3.
Operating profit continued
Other non-audit fees – Ernst & Young
Tax services advisory and consultancy
Corporate finance services
Tax compliance services
Other services
Other assurance services
Other non-audit fees – other
Internal audit
Tax services advisory and consultancy
Employee benefits expense
Salaries and wages¹
1 Includes contributions to defined contribution plan of US$0.8 million (31 December 2013: US$0.9 million).
Underlying earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and mining asset amortisation (EBITDA)
Underlying EBITDA is shown, as the Directors consider this measure to be a relevant guide to the
performance of the Group. The reconciliation from operating profit to underlying EBITDA is as follows:
Operating profit
Foreign exchange gain
Share-based payments
Other operating income
Depreciation and mining asset amortisation (excluding waste stripping cost amortised)
Underlying EBITDA
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
(13)
–
(11)
(42)
(151)
(217)
(356)
(101)
(457)
(73)
(320)
(13)
(86)
(87)
(579)
(132)
(163)
(295)
(22 334)
(20 845)
92 711
(5 242)
1 740
(134)
15 158
104 233
60 503
(606)
932
(746)
17 296
77 379
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
121
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
4. Net finance income/(cost)
Finance income
Bank deposits
Other
Total finance income
Finance costs
Bank overdraft
Interest on debt, borrowings and trade and other payables1
Finance costs on unwinding of rehabilitation provision
Total finance costs
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
2 575
855
3 430
(116)
(2 029)
(1 066)
(3 211)
219
992
226
1 218
(143)
(1 501)
(1 213)
(2 857)
(1 639)
1 Included in interest on debt, borrowings and trade and other payables is a provision for interest on potential tax liabilities which are under dispute.
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
(30 626)
(12 980)
(6 565)
(1 498)
2 208
(34 983)
92 930
(6 377)
(20 855)
59 019
%
21.5
4.0
1.1
4.0
7.0
37.6
%
23.3
6.1
1.5
1.9
2.5
35.3
5.
Income tax expense
Income statement
Current
– Overseas
Withholding tax
– Overseas
Deferred
– Overseas
Profit before taxation
Reconciliation of tax rate
Applicable income tax rate
Permanent differences
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Effect of overseas tax at different rates
Withholding tax
Effective income tax rate
122
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
6.
Earnings per share
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:
Profit for the year
Less: Non-controlling interests
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent for basic and diluted earnings
The weighted average number of shares takes into account the treasury shares at year end.
2014
US$’000
57 947
(24 730)
33 217
2013
US$’000
38 164
(16 994)
21 170
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year (‘000)
138 204
138 194
Earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year after taking into account future potential conversion and
issue rights associated with the ordinary shares.
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year
Effect of dilution:
– Future share awards under the Employee Share Option Plan
Number
of shares
2014
138 204
Number
of shares
2013
138 194
962
710
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year adjusted for the effect
of dilution
139 166
138 904
There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the
date of completion of these financial statements.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
123
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
7.
Property, plant and equipment
Stripping
activity
asset
US$’000
Mining
asset
US$’000
Exploration
and
develop-
ment
assets1
US$’000
Decommis-
sioning
assets
US$’000
Leasehold
improve-
ment
US$’000
Plant and
equipment2
US$’000
Other
assets3
US$’000
Total
US$’000
216 133
54 642
130 981
–
94 339
38 668
13 014
–
19 891
80
92 814
11 536
12 818 579 990
2 609 107 535
(3 158)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(3 158)
–
–
–
(23 665)
–
–
1 177
(6 797)
616
–
81
(9 623)
(3 571)
–
–
(1 035)
–
–
4 439
(2 062)
–
(25)
(6 237)
(9 534)
–
(103)
540
(1 285)
(2 955)
(128)
–
(54 001)
243 952
125 361
124 081
8 408
22 348
88 554
14 579 627 283
100 843
49 312
–
(12 076)
42 625
2 477
–
(668)
138 079
44 434
–
–
–
–
–
3 144
880
–
(378)
8 544
2 459
–
(1 059)
44 993
8 435
(25)
(5 268)
6 216 206 365
66 303
2 740
(116)
(91)
(20 196)
(747)
3 646
9 944
48 135
8 118 252 356
105 873
80 927
124 081
4 762
12 404
40 419
6 461 374 927
As at 31 December 2014
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2014
Additions
Reallocated to prepayments
(Note 11)
Net movement in
rehabilitation provision
Disposals
Reclassifications
Foreign exchange differences
Balance at
31 December 2014
Accumulated depreciation/
amortisation
Balance at 1 January 2014
Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences
Balance at
31 December 2014
Net book value at
31 December 2014
124
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
7.
Property, plant and equipment continued
Stripping
activity
asset
US$’000
Mining
asset
US$’000
Exploration
and
develop-
ment
assets1
US$’000
Decommis-
sioning
assets
US$’000
Leasehold
improve-
ment
US$’000
Plant and
equipment2
US$’000
Other
assets3
US$’000
Total
US$’000
199 404
59 278
140 846
–
90 460
20 050
18 353
–
17 362
299
119 100
10 023
12 239
1 211
597 764
90 861
–
–
–
(42 549)
–
–
7 566
(17 431)
(392)
–
(4 672)
(11 107)
(1 957)
–
–
(3 382)
–
(85)
5 871
(3 556)
–
(2 976)
(10 319)
(23 014)
–
(67)
1 554
(2 119)
(2 349)
(3 128)
–
(103 158)
216 133
130 981
94 339
13 014
19 891
92 814
12 818
579 990
84 662
34 766
–
–
(18 585)
40 493
3 396
–
–
(1 264)
100 843
42 625
–
–
–
–
–
–
2 613
1 170
–
–
(639)
8 610
2 104
(85)
–
(2 085)
48 051
10 278
(2 479)
(386)
(10 471)
4 730
2 610
(62)
–
(1 062)
189 159
54 324
(2 626)
(386)
(34 106)
3 144
8 544
44 993
6 216
206 365
115 290
88 356
94 339
9 870
11 347
47 821
6 602
373 625
As at 31 December 2013
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2013
Additions
Net movement in
rehabilitation provision
Disposals
Reclassifications
Foreign exchange differences
Balance at
31 December 2013
Accumulated depreciation/
amortisation
Balance at 1 January 2013
Charge for the year
Disposals
Impairment reversal
Foreign exchange differences
Balance at
31 December 2013
Net book value at
31 December 2013
1 Borrowing costs of US$0.6 million (31 December 2013: US$nil) incurred in respect of the $25.0 million facility for the remaining spend on the Phase 1 Ghaghoo
development (refer to Note 15, Interest-bearing loans and borrowings) were capitalised to the development asset. The weighted average capitalisation rate
used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation was 4.04%.
2 Included in plant and equipment is capital work in progress of US$20.2 million (31 December 2013: US$19.3 million). Borrowing costs of US$0.5 million
(31 December 2013: US$nil) incurred in respect of the LSL140.0 million bank loan facility for the total funding of the new Coarse Recovery Plant at Letšeng (refer
to Note 15, Interest-bearing loans and borrowings) is included in capital work in progress. The weighted average capitalisation rate used to determine the
amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation was 5.07%.
3 Other assets comprise motor vehicles, computer equipment, furniture and fittings, and office equipment.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
125
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
8.
Investment property
The investment property consists of a commercial unit located in the Almas Towers in Dubai. The unit is being let out in terms of
a rental agreement which was renegotiated during 2014. The rental agreement is for a period of two years commencing
1 October 2014.
Cost
Balance at 1 January
Balance at 31 December
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at 1 January
Depreciation
Balance at 31 December
Net book value at 31 December
Fair value¹
Amounts recognised in profit or loss
Rental income
Direct operating expenses
The future minimum rental income under the rental agreement in aggregate and for each of the
following periods are as follows:
– Within one year
– After one year but not more than five years
– More than five years
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
617
617
2
–
2
615
1 164
54
(16)
59
44
–
103
617
617
1
1
2
615
1 099
53
(20)
57
35
–
92
1 No independent valuation was performed. Fair value was based upon an overview of property sales (units within the same building as the investment
property) during 2014, weighted towards the most recent sales activity, which is valued using a Level 2 input in terms of the fair value hierarchy.
9.
Intangible assets
As at 31 December 2014
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2014
Foreign exchange difference
Balance at 31 December 2014
Accumulated amortisation
Balance at 1 January 2013
Amortisation
Balance at 31 December 2014
Net book value at 31 December 2014
As at 31 December 2013
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2013
Foreign exchange difference
Balance at 31 December 2013
Accumulated amortisation
Balance at 1 January 2012
Amortisation
Balance at 31 December 2013
Net book value at 31 December 2013
Intangibles
US$’000
Goodwill
US$’000
Total
US$’000
786
(2)
784
264
157
421
363
Intangibles
US$’000
786
–
786
105
159
264
522
19 680
(1 862)
17 818
–
–
–
17 818
Goodwill
US$’000
24 292
(4 612)
19 680
–
–
–
20 466
(1 864)
18 602
264
157
421
18 181
Total
US$’000
25 078
(4 612)
20 466
105
159
264
19 680
20 202
Impairment of goodwill within the Group was tested in accordance with the Group’s policy. Refer to Note 10, Impairment testing, for
further details.
126
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
10.
Impairment testing
Goodwill
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to the individual cash-
generating units, as follows:
– Letšeng Diamonds
– Calibrated Diamonds
Balance at end of year
2014
US$’000
2014
US$’000
17 818
–
17 818
18 229
1 451
19 680
Goodwill that was previously allocated to the Calibrated Diamonds cash-generating unit has been allocated in full to the Letšeng
Diamonds cash-generating unit in the current year as a result of there being a change in the assessment of the cash-generating units
within the Group.
Movement in goodwill relates to foreign exchange translation from functional to presentation currency.
Discount rates are outlined below (based on a blended rate), and represent the real pre-tax rates. These rates are based on the
weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of the Group and adjusted accordingly at a risk premium of each cash-generating unit,
taking into account risks associated with different cash-generating units.
Discount rate for each cash-generating unit
– Letšeng Diamonds
– Calibrated Diamonds
2014
%
13.7
–
2013
%
12.5
13.1
Goodwill impairment testing is undertaken annually and whenever there are indications of impairment. The most recent test was
undertaken at 31 December 2014. In assessing whether goodwill has been impaired, the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit
is compared with its recoverable amount. For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing in 2014, the recoverable amount for
Letšeng Diamonds has been determined based on a value-in-use model.
Value in use
Cash flows are projected for a period up to the date that mining is expected to cease, based on management’s expectations at the
time of completing the testing, and is limited to the lesser of the current economic resource or the remaining 10-year mining lease
period. This date depends on a number of variables, including recoverable reserves and resources, the forecast selling prices and the
associated mining and treatment costs.
Key assumptions used in the calculations
The key assumptions used in the calculation for goodwill asset impairment are:
– recoverable reserves and resources;
– expected carats recoverable;
– expected grades achievable;
– expected US$/carat prices;
– expected plant throughput;
– costs of extracting and processing;
– expected yield on polished; and
– discount rates.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
127
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
10.
Impairment testing continued
Economically recoverable reserves and resources, carats recoverable and grades achievable are based on management’s current
expectation and mine plan, supported by the evaluation work undertaken by appropriately qualified persons. The impairment test is
most sensitive to changes in commodity prices and discount rates.
Long-term US$ per carat prices are based on external market consensus forecasts as published by independent marketing consultants
adjusted for the Group’s specific operations. Plant throughput is based on current plant facilities and processing capacities. The Plant 2
Phase 1 upgrade project to increase the current Plant 2 capacity by 250 000 tonnes per annum has commenced during the year and
majority of the costs have been incurred in 2014. This upgrade will result in the increased throughput rate almost immediately after
commissioning and is due to be completed by the end of Q1 2015. The additional 250 000 tonnes have therefore been included in
the future years when calculating the value in use. Costs are determined on management’s experience and the use of contractors
over a period of time whose costs are fairly reasonably determinable. Mining costs for the next eight years (effective 1 January 2014)
have been based on the negotiated mining contract which was concluded during the year. Costs of extracting and processing which
are reasonably determinable are based on management’s experience. Expected yield on polished has been based on management’s
experience.
The foreign exchange rates have been based on current spot exchange rates at the date of the value-in-use calculation.
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
Given the current volatility in the market, adverse changes in key assumptions could result in changes to impairment charges.
For the purpose of testing for impairment of goodwill using the value-in-use basis for Letšeng mining operations, it was assessed that
no reasonably possible change in any of these key assumptions would cause its carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount.
The Group will continue to test its assets for impairment where indications are identified and may in future record additional
impairment charges or reverse any impairment charges to the extent that market conditions improve and to the extent permitted by
accounting standards.
128
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
11. Receivables and other assets
Non-current
Prepayments1
Current
Trade receivables
Prepayments1
Deposits
Other receivables
VAT receivable
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
2 877
106
1 250
419
167
5 656
7 598
–
1 002
739
230
134
4 644
6 749
1 A total prepayment of US$3.2 million (comprising a non-current portion of US$2.9 million and a current portion of US$0.3 million) has been reallocated from
the stripping activity asset disclosed in Note 7, Property, plant and equipment. This represents the current value of waste costs to be recovered from the mining
contractor over the term of the new contract (eight years from 1 January 2014) as a result of the estimation change in respect of the waste mined out of the
surveying review which was disclosed in 2012. The waste tonnes and strip ratio for future cuts have been reassessed and have resulted in a credit to the waste
stripping cost amortised charge (included in cost of sales) of US$1.4 million and a finance income adjustment of US$0.9 million in the year.
The carrying amounts above approximate their fair value.
Terms and conditions of the receivables:
Analysis of trade receivables
Neither past due nor impaired
Past due but not impaired:
Less than 30 days
30 to 60 days
60 to 90 days
12.
Inventories
Diamonds on hand
Ore stock piles
Consumable stores
Net realisable value write-down
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
56
34
16
–
106
2014
US$’000
17 460
2 055
9 255
28 770
–
939
31
32
–
1 002
2013
US$’000
18 806
3 281
7 239
29 326
90
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
129
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
13. Cash and short-term deposits
Cash on hand
Bank balances
Short-term bank deposits
2014
US$’000
2
56 925
53 811
110 738
2013
US$’000
9
22 724
48 445
71 178
The amounts reflected in the financial statements approximate fair value.
Cash at banks earn interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are generally call deposit accounts
and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.
At 31 December 2014, the Group had restricted cash of US$0.2 million (31 December 2013: US$0.2 million).
The Group’s cash surpluses are deposited with major financial institutions of high-quality credit standing predominantly within
Lesotho and the United Kingdom.
At 31 December 2014, the Group has US$41.6 million (31 December 2013: US$43.9 million) of undrawn facilities representing a
US$20.0 million three-year unsecured revolving credit facility and an LSL250.0 million (US$21.6 million) three-year revolving working
capital facility.
During the year, two new facilities were concluded and were fully drawn down at 31 December 2014. For further details on these
facilities, refer to Note 15, Interest-bearing loans and borrowings.
14.
Issued capital and reserves
Issued capital
31 December 2014
31 December 2013
Number of
shares
‘000
Number of
shares
‘000
US$’000
US$’000
Authorised – ordinary shares of US$0.01 each
As at year end
200 000
2 000
200 000
2 000
Issued and fully paid
Balance at beginning of year
Allotments during the year
Balance at end of year
138 270
–
138 270
1 383
–
1 383
138 267
3
138 270
1 383
–
1 383
Share premium
Share premium comprises the excess value recognised from the issue of ordinary shares at par value.
Treasury shares
The Company established an Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) on 5 February 2007. Under the terms of the ESOP, the Company
granted options to employees of over 376 500 ordinary shares with a nil exercise price upon listing.
At listing, the Gem Diamonds Limited Employee Share Trust acquired 376 500 ordinary shares by subscription from the Company as
part of the initial awards under the ESOP arrangement at nominal value of US$0.01.
During the current year, there were no shares exercised (31 December 2013: 14 667) and no shares lapsed (31 December 2013: nil).
At 31 December 2014, 65 550 shares were held by the trust (31 December 2013: 65 550).
130
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
14.
Issued capital and reserves continued
Other reserves
Balance at 1 January 2014
Other comprehensive expense
Total comprehensive expense
Share-based payments
Balance at 31 December 2014
Balance at 1 January 2013
Other comprehensive expense
Total comprehensive expense
Share-based payments
Balance at 31 December 2013
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
US$’000
Share-based
equity reserve
US$’000
(116 242)
(30 309)
(30 309)
–
(146 551)
(62 800)
(53 442)
(53 442)
–
(116 242)
46 834
–
–
1 964
48 798
45 670
–
–
1 164
46 834
Total
US$’000
(69 408)
(30 309)
(30 309)
1 964
(97 753)
(17 130)
(53 442)
(53 442)
1 164
(69 408)
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign entities.
During the year, the South African, Lesotho, Botswana, Mauritian and United Arab Emirate subsidiaries’ functional currencies were
different to the Group’s functional currency of US dollar. The rates used to convert the operating functional currency into US dollar are
as follows:
Average rate
Period end
Average rate
Period end
Average rate
Period end
Average rate
Period end
Currency
ZAR/LSL to US$1
ZAR/LSL to US$1
Pula to US$1
Pula to US$1
Rupee to US$1
Rupee to US$1
Dirham to US$1
Dirham to US$1
2014
10.85
11.57
8.98
9.51
30.65
31.75
3.67
3.67
2013
9.65
10.47
8.40
8.78
30.75
30.05
3.67
3.67
Share-based equity reserves
For details on the share-based equity reserve, refer to Note 24, Share-based payments.
Capital management
For details on capital management, refer to Note 23, Financial risk management.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
131
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
15.
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Non-current
LSL140.0 million bank loan facility
Current
LSL140.0 million bank loan facility
US$25.0 million bank loan facility
Effective
interest
rate %
Maturity
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
South African
JIBAR + 4.95%
30 June 2017
7 261
7 261
South African
JIBAR + 4.95%
London US$
three-month
LIBOR + 4%
30 June 2017
4 841
30 April 2015
25 000
29 841
–
–
–
–
–
LSL140.0 million bank loan facility at Letšeng Diamonds
This loan is a three-year unsecured project debt facility signed jointly with Standard Lesotho Bank and Nedbank Limited on
26 June 2014 for the total funding of the new Coarse Recovery Plant. The loan is repayable in 10 quarterly payments commencing
31 March 2015 with a final payment due on 30 June 2017. The interest rate for the facility at 31 December 2014 is 11.08%.
US$25.0 million bank loan facility at the Company
This loan is a nine-month unsecured facility which was signed with Nedbank Capital on 16 January 2014 for the remaining spend on
the Ghaghoo Phase 1 development. The loan expired in October 2014, but has been extended in the interim to 30 April 2015 to cater
for the process of concluding the refinancing thereof into a six-year secured project debt facility which will expire on 31 December
2020. At the time of finalisation, this facility will be split into its short-term and long-term component. The interest rate for the facility
at 31 December 2014 is 4.26%.
Total interest for the year on the interest-bearing loans and borrowings was US$1.1 million (2013: US$nil) which has been capitalised
to the carrying value of the assets as borrowing costs.
There are no significant differences between the fair value and carrying value of loans and borrowings.
132
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
16. Trade and other payables
Non-current
Operating lease
Severance pay benefits1
Current
Trade payables2
Accrued expenses2
Leave benefits
Royalties2
Operating lease
Other
Total trade and other payables
The carrying amounts above approximate fair value.
Terms and conditions of the trade and other payables:
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
82
1 192
1 274
12 544
25 962
835
3 245
575
550
43 711
44 985
2
1 107
1 109
12 023
20 790
790
2 761
141
581
37 086
38 195
1 The severance pay benefits arise due to legislation, within the Lesotho jurisdiction, requiring that two weeks of severance pay be provided for every completed
year of service, payable on retirement.
2 These amounts are mainly non-interest bearing and are settled in accordance with terms agreed between the parties. Included in accrued expenses is an
interest-bearing payable. The interest thereon has been provided for in finance costs. Refer to Note 4, Net finance income/(cost).
17. Provisions
Rehabilitation provisions
Reconciliation of movement in provisions
Balance at beginning of year
Arising during the year
Decrease in rehabilitation provisions
Unwinding of discount rate
Foreign exchange differences
Balance at end of year
2014
US$’000
19 543
23 186
616
(3 571)
1 336
(2 024)
19 543
2013
US$’000
23 186
29 496
442
(2 791)
1 213
(5 174)
23 186
Rehabilitation provisions
The provisions have been recognised as the Group has an obligation for rehabilitation of the mining areas. The provisions have been
calculated based on total estimated rehabilitation costs, discounted back to their present values. The pre-tax discount rates are
adjusted annually and reflect current market assessments. These costs are expected to be utilised over a life of mine at the mining
operation.
In determining the amounts attributable to the rehabilitation provisions, management used a discount rate range of 7.0% to 7.5%
(31 December 2013: 5.5% to 7.5%), estimated rehabilitation timing of 10 to 13 years (31 December 2013: 11 to 14 years) and an
inflation rate range of 5.9% to 6.0% (31 December 2013: 5.6% to 6.0%). In addition to the changes in the discount rates, inflation and
rehabilitation timing, the decrease in the provision is attributable to the reassessment of the estimated closure costs.
18. Other financial liabilities
Current
Forward exchange contract
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
249
–
The Group enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge the exposure to changes in foreign currency of future sales of diamonds
at Letšeng Diamonds. The forward exchange contract is the revaluation on the market-to-market financial liabilities at year end. The
Group performs no hedge accounting.
The forward exchange contracts are measured using a Level 2 input in terms of the fair value hierarchy, thus basing its fair value on
observable spot exchange rates, the yield curves of the respective currencies as well as the currency basis spreads between the
respective currencies.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
133
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
19. Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets
Accrued leave
Operating lease liability
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
Prepayments
Provisions
Unremitted earnings
Net deferred tax liability
Reconciliation of deferred tax liability
Balance at beginning of year
Movement in current period:
– Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes
– Accrued leave
– Operating lease liability
– Prepayments
– Provisions
– Tax losses utilised in the year
– Foreign exchange differences
Balance at end of year
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
50
7
5 140
5 197
(58 293)
(333)
–
(4 038)
(62 664)
(57 467)
45
5
5 919
5 969
(66 951)
(154)
350
(4 038)
(70 793)
(64 824)
(64 824)
(71 277)
2 906
11
120
(124)
(297)
(408)
5 149
(6 404)
(22)
6
(146)
(1)
190
12 830
(57 467)
(64 824)
The Group has not recognised a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries
because it is able to control the timing of dividends and only part of the temporary difference is expected to reverse in the
foreseeable future. The gross temporary difference in respect of the undistributable reserves of the Group’s subsidiaries for which
a deferred tax liability has not been recognised is US$39.0 million (31 December 2013: US$46.3 million).
The Group has estimated tax losses of US$306.8 million (31 December 2013: US$293.0 million). No deferred tax assets have been
recognised in respect of such losses at 31 December 2014 as management considers that it is not probable that the losses in those
entities will be utilised against taxable profits in those entities in the foreseeable future.
Of the US$306.8 million estimated tax losses (31 December 2013: US$293.0 million), US$4.8 million losses in various jurisdictions
(31 December 2013: US$3.2 million) expire as follows:
31 December
2014
US$’000
31 December
2013
US$’000
2
5
1 177
1 914
1 699
4 797
2
6
1 244
1 914
–
3 166
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
134
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
20. Cash flow notes
20.1 Cash generated by operations
Profit before tax for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation on property, plant and equipment
Waste stripping cost amortised
Reversal of impairment of assets
Write-down of inventory
Finance income
Finance costs
Mark-to-market revaluations
Unrealised foreign exchange differences
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Movement in prepayments
Other non-cash movements
Share-based equity transaction
20.2 Working capital adjustments
Increase in inventories
Increase in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
21. Commitments and contingencies
Notes
2014
US$’000
92 930
2013
US$’000
59 019
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
24
15 158
49 312
–
–
(3 430)
3 211
266
(7 942)
(49)
138
2 243
1 740
17 744
34 766
(155)
90
(1 218)
2 857
984
620
(689)
160
7
932
153 577
114 462
(1 969)
(1 560)
3 588
59
(10 962)
(4 009)
(2 520)
(17 491)
Commitments
Operating lease commitments – Group as lessee
The Group has entered into commercial lease arrangements for rental of office premises. These leases have a period of between two
and 12 years with an option of renewal at the end of the period. The terms will be negotiated during the extension option periods
catered for in the agreements. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases.
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases:
– Within one year
– After one year but not more than five years
– More than five years
2014
US$’000
1 444
4 997
10 313
16 754
2013
US$’000
1 813
5 437
11 126
18 376
Mining leases
Mining lease commitments represent the Group’s future obligation arising from agreements entered into with local authorities in the
mining areas that the Group operates.
The period of these commitments is determined as the lesser of the term of the agreement, including renewable periods, or the life of
the mine. The estimated lease obligation regarding the future lease period, accepting stable inflation and exchange rates, is as follows:
– Within one year
– After one year but not more than five years
– More than five years
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
132
611
1 711
2 454
84
381
735
1 200
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
135
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
21. Commitments and contingencies continued
Moveable equipment lease
The Group has entered into commercial lease arrangements which include the provision of loading, hauling and other transportation
services payable at a fixed rate per tonne of ore and waste mined; power generator equipment payable based on a consumption
basis; and rental agreements for various mining equipment based on a fixed monthly fee.
The contract at Letšeng pertaining to the loading and hauling which was due to terminate at the end of 2014 was renegotiated
during the year and therefore future commitment amounts have been based on the new contract which has an eight-year term,
effective 1 January 2014.
– Within one year
– After one year but not more than five years
– More than five years
Capital expenditure
Approved but not contracted for
Approved and contracted for
2014
US$’000
32 942
189 170
100 486
322 598
5 197
10 794
2013
US$’000
29 422
718
–
30 140
40 070
3 853
The majority of capital expenditure commitments relate to the finalisation of the new Coarse Recovery Plant and the Plant 2 Phase 1
upgrade at Letšeng.
Contingent rentals – Alluvial Ventures
The contingent rentals represent the Group’s obligation to a third party (Alluvial Ventures) for operating a third plant on the Group’s
mining property at Letšeng Diamonds. The rental is determined when the actual diamonds mined by Alluvial Ventures are sold. The
rental agreement is based on 50% – 70% of the value (after costs) of the diamonds recovered by Alluvial Ventures and is limited to
US$1.2 million per individual diamond. As at the reporting date, such future sales cannot be determined.
Letšeng Diamonds Educational Fund
In terms of the mining agreement entered into between the Group and the Government of the Kingdom of Lesotho, the Group has
an obligation to provide funding for education and training scholarships. The quantum of such funding is at the discretion of the
Letšeng Diamonds Education Fund Committee. The amount of the funding provided for the current year was US$0.1 million
(31 December 2013: US$0.1 million).
Contingencies
The Group has conducted its operations in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its understanding and interpretation of
commercial arrangements and applicable legislation in the countries where the Group has operations. In certain specific transactions,
however, the relevant third party or authorities could have a different interpretation of those laws and regulations that could lead to
contingencies or additional liabilities for the Group. Having consulted professional advisers, the Group has identified possible disputes
approximating US$3.5 million (December 2013: US$3.6 million) and tax claims within the various jurisdictions in which the Group
operates approximating US$1.4 million (December 2013: US$1.2 million).
There remains a risk that further tax liabilities may potentially arise. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome in some cases,
the Group does not anticipate that there will be any material impact on the Group’s results, financial position or liquidity.
136
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
22. Related parties
Related party
Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited
Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited
Gem Diamond Holdings Limited
Government of Lesotho
Geneva Management Group (UK) Limited
Refer to Note 1.1.2, Operational information, for information regarding shareholding in subsidiaries.
Refer to the Directors’ Report for information regarding the Directors.
Compensation to key management personnel (including Directors)
Share-based equity transactions
Short-term employee benefits
Fees paid to related parties
Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited
Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited
Royalties paid to related parties
Government of Lesotho
Lease and licence payments to related parties
Government of Lesotho
Sales to/(purchases) from related parties
Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited
Geneva Management Group (UK) Limited
Amount included in trade receivables owing by/(to) related parties
Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited
Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited
Amounts owing to related party
Government of Lesotho
Dividends paid
Government of Lesotho
Relationship
Common director
Common director
Common director
Non-controlling interest
Common director
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
1 447
7 170
8 617
(73)
(181)
1 054
5 819
6 873
(82)
(98)
(22 102)
(15 868)
(114)
(112)
(36)
(6)
28
(8)
214
(6)
51
(8)
(3 167)
(2 425)
(27 597)
(5 938)
Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited and Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited provided administrative and aviation services
with regard to the mining activities undertaken by the Group. Geneva Management Group (UK) Limited provided administration,
secretarial and accounting services to the Company. The above transactions were made on terms agreed between the parties
and were made on terms that prevail in arm’s-length transactions.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
137
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
23. Financial risk management
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks:
(a) Market risk (including commodity price risk and foreign exchange risk);
(b) Credit risk; and
(c) Liquidity risk.
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Board provides principles for overall risk
management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative
financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investing excess liquidity.
There have been no changes in the financial risk management policy since the prior year.
Capital management
The capital of the Company is the issued share capital, share premium and treasury shares on the Group’s statement of financial
position. The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy
capital ratios in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and makes
adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new
shares. The management of the Group’s capital is performed by the Board.
At 31 December 2014, the Group has US$41.6 million (31 December 2013: US$43.9 million) debt facilities available and continues to
have the flexibility to manage the capital structure more efficiently by the use of these debt facilities thus ensuring that an
appropriate gearing ratio is achieved.
The debt facilities in the Group are as follows:
Unsecured – Standard Lesotho Bank – revolving credit facility
The Group, through its subsidiary, Letšeng Diamonds, has a LSL250.0 million (US$21.6 million), three-year unsecured revolving
working capital facility. This facility is in the process of being renewed for an additional three-year term and by year end an initial term
sheet had been signed. The renewed facility will bear interest at the Lesotho prime rate.
At year end, there is no drawdown on this facility.
Unsecured – Nedbank Capital (a division of Nedbank Limited) – revolving credit facility
The Company has a US$20.0 million three-year unsecured revolving credit facility which is due for renewal in January 2016. This facility
bears interest at London USD Interbank three-month LIBOR +5.33%.
At year end there is no drawdown on this facility.
Unsecured – Nedbank Capital (a division of Nedbank Limited) – nine-month facility; currently being extended and refinanced
through a six-year project debt facility
This loan is a nine-month unsecured US$25.0 million facility which was signed with Nedbank Capital on 16 January 2014 for the
remaining spend on the Ghaghoo Phase 1 development. The loan expired in October 2014, but has been extended in the interim to
30 April 2015 to cater for the process of concluding the refinancing thereof into a six-year secured project debt facility which will
expire on 31 December 2020. The current facility bears interest at London USD Interbank three-month LIBOR + 4% and the refinanced
facility will bear interest at London USD Interbank three-month LIBOR + 5.5%.
At year end, this facility was fully drawn down.
Unsecured – Standard Lesotho Bank and Nedbank Limited – three-year unsecured project debt facility for the new Coarse
Recovery Plant
For the completion of the new Coarse Recovery Plant, a three-year unsecured LSL140.0 million facility was concluded in June 2014.
This facility bears interest at South African JIBAR + 4.95%.
At year end, this facility was fully drawn down.
138
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
23. Financial risk management continued
Capital management continued
(a) Market risk
(i) Commodity price risk
The Group is subject to commodity price risk. Diamonds are not homogeneous products and the price of rough diamonds
is not monitored on a public index system. The fluctuation of prices is related to certain features of diamonds such as quality
and size. Diamond prices are marketed in US dollar and long-term US$ per carat prices are based on external market
consensus forecasts and contracted sales arrangements adjusted for the Group’s specific operations. The Group does not
have any financial instruments that may fluctuate as a result of commodity price movements.
(ii) Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures,
primarily with respect to the Lesotho loti, South African rand and Botswana pula. Foreign exchange risk arises when future
commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional
currency.
The Group’s sales are denominated in US dollar which is the functional currency of the Company, but not the functional
currency of the operations.
The currency sensitivity analysis below is based on the following assumptions:
Differences resulting from the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiaries into the Group’s presentation
currency of US dollar, are not taken into consideration.
The major currency exposures for the Group relate to the US dollar and local currencies of subsidiaries. Foreign currency
exposures between two currencies where one is not the US dollar are deemed insignificant to the Group and have therefore
been excluded from the sensitivity analysis.
The analysis of the currency risk arises because of financial instruments denominated in a currency that is not the functional
currency of the relevant Group entity. The sensitivity has been based on financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2014.
There has been no change in the assumptions or method applied from the prior year.
Sensitivity analysis
If the US dollar had appreciated/(depreciated) 10% against currencies significant to the Group at 31 December 2014, income
before taxation would have been US$0.1 million higher/(lower) (31 December 2013: US$0.1 million). There would be no
effect on equity reserves other than those directly related to income statement movements.
(iii) Forward exchange contracts
The Group enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge the exposure to changes in foreign currency of future sales
of diamonds at Letšeng Diamonds. The Group performs no hedge accounting. At 31 December 2014, the Group has
US$20.0 million notional cover (31 December 2013: US$nil) forward exchange contracts outstanding.
(iv) Cash flow interest rate risk
The Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s
cash flow interest rate risk arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest
rate risk. At the time of taking new loans or borrowings management uses its judgement to decide whether it believes that
a fixed or variable rate borrowing would be more favourable to the Group over the expected period until maturity.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
139
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
23. Financial risk management continued
Capital management continued
(b) Credit risk
The Group’s potential concentration of credit risk consists mainly of cash deposits with banks and other receivables. The Group’s
short-term cash surpluses are placed with the banks that have investment grade ratings. The maximum credit risk exposure
relating to financial assets is represented by the carrying value as at the reporting dates. The Group considers the credit standing
of counterparties when making deposits to manage the credit risk.
Considering the nature of the Group’s ultimate customers and the relevant terms and conditions entered into with such
customers, the Group believes that credit risk is limited as customers pay on receipt of goods.
No other financial assets are impaired or past due and accordingly, no additional analysis has been provided.
No collateral is held in respect of any impaired receivables or receivables that are past due but not impaired.
(c) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s inability to obtain the funds it requires to comply with its commitments including the
inability to sell a financial asset quickly at a price close to its fair value. Management manages the risk by maintaining sufficient
cash, marketable securities and ensuring access to shareholding funding. This ensures flexibility in maintaining business
operations and maximises opportunities. Furthermore, the Company has available debt facilities of US$41.6 million at year end.
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December based on contractual
undiscounted payments:
Floating interest rates
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
– Within one year
– After one year but not more than five years
Total
Trade and other payables
– Within one year
– After one year but not more than five years
Total
24. Share-based payments
The expense recognised for employee services received during the year is shown in the following table:
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions charged to the income statement
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions capitalised
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
31 381
8 041
39 422
43 711
1 274
44 985
2014
US$’000
1 740
224
1 964
–
–
–
37 086
1 109
38 195
2013
US$’000
932
232
1 164
The long-term incentive plans are described below:
Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP)
Certain key employees are entitled to a grant of options, under the ESOP of the Company. The vesting of the options is dependent on
employees remaining in service for a prescribed period (normally three years) from the date of grant. The fair value of share options
granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Black Scholes simulation model, taking into account the terms and conditions
upon which the options were granted. It takes into account projected dividends and share price fluctuation co-variances of the
Company.
There is a nil or nominal exercise price for the options granted at admission of the Company. The contractual life of the options is
10 years and there are no cash settlement alternatives. The Company has no past practice of cash settlement.
140
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
24. Share-based payments continued
Non-Executive share awards
In order to align the interests of the Chairman and independent Directors with those of the shareholders, the non-Executive Directors
were invited to subscribe for shares at nominal value on terms set out in the prospectus. The non-Executive Directors shall not be
eligible to participate in the short-term incentive bonus scheme (STIBS) or ESOP or any other performance-related incentive
arrangements which may be introduced by the Company from time to time. There are currently no non-Executive share awards.
ESOP for March 2012 (long-term incentive plan (LTIP))
On 20 March 2012, 1 347 000 options were granted to certain key employees under the LTIP of the Company. Of the total number
of shares, 449 000 were nil value options and 898 000 were market value options. The exercise price of the market value options is
£3.00 (US$4.76), which was equal to the market price of the shares on the date of the grant. Of the 1 347 000 options originally
granted, only 747 000 are still outstanding following the resignation of a number of employees. The vesting of the options will be
subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions over a three-year period that is considered appropriately stretching. The awards
which vest on 20 March 2015 are exercisable between 20 March 2015 and 20 March 2022. If the performance conditions are not met,
the options lapse. The fair value of the options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model,
taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations,
the expected volatility, the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the options in years and the weighted average share price of
the Company. The contractual life of each option granted is three years.
ESOP for September 2012 (LTIP)
On 11 September 2012, 936 000 options were granted to certain key employees (excluding Executive Directors) under the LTIP of
the Company. Of the total number of shares, 312 000 were nil value options and 624 000 were market value options. The exercise
price of the market value options is £1.78 (US$2.85), which was equal to the market price of the shares on the date of grant. Of the
936 000 options originally granted, only 528 000 are still outstanding following the resignation of a number of employees. The awards
which vest over a three-year period in tranches of a third of the award each year, dependent on the performance targets for the 2013,
2014 and 2015 financial years being met, are exercisable between 1 January 2016 and 31 December 2023. The vesting of the options
is subject to performance conditions based on goals relating to the Group and individual performance which are classified as
non-market conditions. The fair value of these options is estimated in a similar manner as the March 2012 LTIP.
ESOP for March 2014 (LTIP)
In March 2014, 625 000 nil-cost options were granted to certain key employees under the LTIP of the Company. The vesting of the
options will be subject to the satisfaction of certain performance as well as service conditions classified as non-market conditions.
The options which vest over a three-year period in tranches of a third of the award each year are exercisable between 19 March 2017
and 18 March 2024. If the performance or service conditions are not met, the options lapse. As the performance conditions are
non-market-based they are not reflected in the fair value of the award at grant date, and therefore the Company will assess the
likelihood of these conditions being met with a relevant adjustment to the cumulative charge as required at each financial year end.
The fair value of the nil-cost options is £1.74 (US$2.87).
ESOP for June 2014 (LTIP)
In June 2014, 609 000 nil-cost options were granted to the Executive Directors under the LTIP of the Company. The vesting of the
options will be subject to the satisfaction of certain market and non-market performance conditions over a three-year period. Of the
609 000 nil-cost options, 152 250 relates to market conditions with the remaining 456 750 relating to non-market conditions. The
options which vest are exercisable between 10 June 2017 and 9 June 2024. If the performance or service conditions are not met, the
options lapse. The performance conditions relating to the non-market conditions are not reflected in the fair value of the award at
grant date. At each financial year end, the Company will assess the likelihood of these conditions being met with a relevant
adjustment to the cumulative charge as required. The fair value of the nil-cost options relating to non-market conditions is
£1.61 (US$2.70). The fair value of the options granted, relating to the market conditions, is estimated at the date of the grant using
a Monte Carlo simulation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected
dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility, the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the options in years and the
weighted average share price of the Company.
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
141
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
24. Share-based payments continued
Movements in the year
ESOP
The following table illustrates the number (’000) and movement in share options during the year:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Exercised during the year
Balance at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the plan for the awards granted under the ESOP:
Dividend yield (%)
Expected volatility (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected life of option (years)
Weighted average share price
Model used
2014
’000
18
–
18
–
2013
’000
33
(15)
18
–
–
22
5
10
18.28
Black Scholes
The fair value of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Black Scholes simulation model, taking into
account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected
volatility, the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the option in years and the weighted average share price of the Company.
The ESOP is an equity-settled plan and the fair value is measured at the grant date.
ESOP for June 2014, March 2014, September 2012, March 2012 and 2011 (LTIP)
The following table illustrates the number (’000) and movement in the outstanding share options during the year:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited
Balance at end of year
2014
’000
2 073
1 234
–
(862)
2 445
2013
’000
4 501
–
(3)
(2 425)
2 073
The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the market conditions awards granted during the current and prior year:
Dividend yield (%)
Expected volatility (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected life of option (years)
Weighted average share price (US$)
Fair value of nil value options (US$)
Fair value of market value options (US$)
Model used
LTIP
June
2014
–
37.25
1.94
3.00
2.70
1.83
–
Monte Carlo
LTIP
September
2012
–
42.10
0.33
3.00
2.85
2.85
1.66
Monte Carlo
LTIP
March
2012
–
63.88
1.20
3.00
4.76
3.76
2.27
Monte Carlo
LTIP
2011
–
66.32
1.59
3.00
4.38
3.01
1.95
Monte Carlo
The fair value of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model, taking into account
the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility,
the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the option in years and the weighted average share price of the Company.
142
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
25. Dividends proposed
Proposed dividends on ordinary shares
Final cash dividend for 2014: 5 cents per share (2013: nil)
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
6 913
–
Proposed dividend on ordinary shares is subject to approval at the AGM to be held on 2 June 2015 and is not recognised as a liability
as at 31 December.
26. Material partly owned subsidiaries
Financial information of Letšeng Diamonds, a subsidiary which has a material non-controlling interest, is provided below.
Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests
Name
Letšeng Diamonds (Proprietary) Limited
Accumulated balances of material non-controlling interest
Profit allocated to material non-controlling interest
Country of
incorporation
and operation
Lesotho
2014
30%
66 148
24 782
2013
30%
72 454
15 702
The summarised financial information of this subsidiary is provided below. This information is based on amounts before inter-
company eliminations.
Summarised income statement for the year ended 31 December
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Royalties and selling costs
Other income/(costs)
Operating profit
Net finance income/(costs)
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income
Attributable to non-controlling interest
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest
2014
US$’000
277 908
(138 293)
139 615
(22 379)
3 384
120 620
2 045
122 665
(40 059)
82 606
82 606
24 782
27 597
2013
US$’000
201 310
(114 150)
87 160
(16 099)
(860)
70 201
(614)
69 587
(17 246)
52 341
52 341
15 702
5 938
90
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
143
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 31 December 2014
26. Material partly owned subsidiaries continued
Summarised statement of financial position as at 31 December
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Current assets
Inventories, receivables and other assets and cash and short-term deposits
Total assets
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables, provisions and deferred tax liabilities
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings and trade and other payables
Total liabilities
Total equity
Attributable to:
Equity holders of parent
Non-controlling interest
Summarised cash flow information for the year ended 31 December
Operating
Investing
Financing
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
27. Events after the reporting period
2014
US$’000
2013
US$’000
252 397
281 017
81 958
334 355
64 862
345 879
69 557
81 951
44 306
113 863
220 492
154 345
66 148
82 581
(62 730)
(15 496)
4 355
22 415
104 366
241 513
169 059
72 454
85 961
(68 782)
(8 529)
8 650
No other fact or circumstance has taken place between the end of the reporting period and the approval of the financial statements
which, in our opinion, is of significance in assessing the state of the Group’s affairs.
144
Gem Diamonds Annual Report 2014
CONTACT DETAILS AND ADVISERS
Contact details
Gem Diamonds Limited
Registered office
2nd Floor, Coastal Building
Wickham’s Cay II
Road Town
Tortola
British Virgin Islands
Head office
2 Eaton Gate
London SW1W 9BJ
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 3043 0280
F: +44 20 3043 0281
Advisers
Financial adviser and sponsor
JPMorgan Cazenove Limited
20 Moorgate
London EC2R 6DA
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 7588 2828
F: +44 20 7155 9000
Financial adviser
Liberum Capital Limited
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9LY
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 3100 2000
F: +44 20 3100 2299
Legal adviser
Linklaters
One Silk Street
London EC2Y 8HQ
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 7456 2000
F: +44 20 7456 2222
Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP
1 More London Place
London SE1 2AF
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 7951 2000
F: +44 20 7951 1345
Financial PR adviser
Bell Pottinger
Holborn Gate
330 High Holborn
London WC1V 7QD
T: +44 20 7861 3232
F: +44 20 7861 3233
Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU
United Kingdom
T: +44 (0) 208 639 3399
F: +44 (0) 208 639 2342
BASTION GRAPHICS
Gem Diamonds Limited
2nd Floor, Coastal Building
Wickham’s Cay II
Road Town
Tortola
British Virgin Islands
Registration number: 669758
www.gemdiamonds.com